-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, EcTGUpSMOfABEmkNzt4RpnMgvtouIaCui25nt1CHWc50d1p0udnVpyfBOL3HRdlb +HJmWLdLoxb0/sMHTqc7pA== 0000906318-08-000026.txt : 20080311 0000906318-08-000026.hdr.sgml : 20080311 20080311125843 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000906318-08-000026 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 10 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20071230 FILED AS OF DATE: 20080311 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20080311 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: STANDARD REGISTER CO CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000093456 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: MANIFOLD BUSINESS FORMS [2761] IRS NUMBER: 310455440 STATE OF INCORPORATION: OH FISCAL YEAR END: 0103 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-11699 FILM NUMBER: 08680033 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 600 ALBANY ST CITY: DAYTON STATE: OH ZIP: 45401 BUSINESS PHONE: 5134341000 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 600 ALBANY STREET STREET 2: P O BOX 1167 CITY: DAYTON STATE: OH ZIP: 45401-1167 10-K 1 sr10k2007.htm FORM 10-K .

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549

FORM 10-K

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 30, 2007

OR

[  ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from  ________ to ________

Commission file number 0-01097

THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

OHIO

31-0455440

(State or other jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

Identification No.)

  

600 ALBANY STREET, DAYTON OHIO

45408

          (Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip code)

(937) 221-1000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT

 

Name of each exchange

Title of each class

on which registered

  

             Common stock $1.00 par value

New York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT

None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes[  ]  No[X]

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes [  ] No[X]

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes [X]  No[  ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]


Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer [  ]   

Accelerated filer [X]

Non-accelerated filer [  ]

Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes[  ]  No[X]

The aggregate market value of all stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant at July 1, 2007 was approximately $144,830,137 based on a closing sales price of $11.40 per share on July 1, 2007.

At January 27, 2008, the number of shares outstanding of the issuer’s classes of common stock is as follows:

Common stock, $1.00 par value

24,003,490 shares

Class A stock, $1.00 par value

4,725,000 shares

  

Part III incorporates information by reference from the Proxy Statement for Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2008.




THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

Item                  Description

  Page

Item  1.             Business

1


Item 1A.           Risk Factors

       6


Item 1B.           Unresolved Staff Comments

       9

Item  2.             Properties

   9

Item  3.             Legal Proceedings

10

Item  4.             Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

10

Item  5.             Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Shareholder Matters and
                                Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities

11

Item  6.             Selected Financial Data

12

Item  7.             Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
                               and Results of Operations

13

Item 7A.           Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

32

Item  8.             Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

35

Item  9.             Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
                                and Financial Disclosure

67

Item 9A.           Controls and Procedures

67

Item 9B.           Other Information

68

Item 10.            Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

68

Item 11.            Executive Compensation

68

Item 12.            Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

69

Item 13.            Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

69

Item 14.            Fees and Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

69

Item 15.            Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

70

Signatures

71

Index to Exhibits

72

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Report on Supplemental Schedule

74

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

74







PART I

Item 1 – BUSINESS

COMPANY OVERVIEW

The Standard Register Company (referred to in this report as the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or “Standard Register”) is a publicly traded company that began operations in 1912 in Dayton, Ohio.  Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol SR.  Our principal executive offices are located at 600 Albany Street, Dayton, Ohio 45408 (telephone number:  937-221-1000).

Standard Register is a leading provider of custom printed documents and related services in the United States.  Over the last 90 plus years, we have helped our customers manage their document costs and improve their business processes in what has been a largely paper-driven world.  Throughout our history, we have successfully adapted to disruptive changes in technology and have continued to deliver value to our customers.  We continue to pursue that course today in response to ongoing advances in digital technologies – principally application software and the Internet.  Our mission today is to help our customers improve productivity, reduce cost, mitigate risk of fraud, meet compliance standards, and grow their revenue.

In pursuit of our mission, we offer consulting, software, document design, printing, sourcing, distribution, and staffing services.  Our portfolio of products and services finds application across a customer’s entire enterprise – from the desktop, to the internal data center or print shop, to externally-produced print.  Our knowledge of business processes and our past experience in helping customers improve their workflow, combined with our adoption of new digital technologies, puts us in a strong position to continue to deliver on our mission.  

OUR INDUSTRIES

We primarily serve the healthcare, financial services, and manufacturing industries in the United States.  We are a leading provider of products and services to a majority of the acute care hospitals as well as larger financial institutions.  

OUR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

You can read additional information related to revenues, operating profit, identifiable assets, and capital expenditures of each reportable segment for years 2005 through 2007 in Note 15 “Segment Reporting” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  As described in Note 15, we changed our reportable segments in 2007.

An overview of our principal products and services follows, organized by reportable segment.  In 2007, we sold our Digital Solutions business to EXPED LLC.  Our five reportable segments are Document Management, Label Solutions, Print On Demand (POD) Services, Document Systems, and PathForward.  

Document Management        

Document Management accounted for 55.5%, 54.6%, and 56.1% of our consolidated revenues in 2007, 2006, and 2005.  Primary markets are large- and middle-market companies in the healthcare, financial services, and manufacturing industries.  We provide the following products and services that help our customers find the most cost-effective way to manage and distribute documents and related products.  

Document Design

We provide design services that tailor the document to the application.  Proper design is instrumental to optimal cost and user productivity.

Printed Documents

We print a wide variety of high quality, custom documents that meet each customer’s design and functional specifications.  Most documents are used as part of internal business processes or to facilitate business transactions between buyer and seller.  A few examples are statements and invoices, payroll and expense checks, purchase orders, shipping documents, and letterhead.  In certain complex applications, our engineers often consult with our customers to identify the best way to achieve the desired outcome.  We are known for our innovative solutions.  

Warehouse and Distribution Services

Many of our custom printed documents are warehoused for subsequent delivery to our customers in the quantity, time, and place of their choosing.  We provide an extensive network of distribution centers across the country which allows us to service customers with multiple locations.  Inventory control, reporting, and reorder are provided in a module of our proprietary SMARTworks® document management system that resides on the customer’s desktop.




1



Subcontracted Products

As a service to our customers, we buy and resell products that we do not produce.  These include items such as envelopes, blank cut sheet, ATM rolls, business cards and folders.

Secure Document Solutions

Checks, money orders, drug prescriptions, birth certificates, transcripts, identification, and a myriad of other documents of value are subject to fraudulent alteration.  As a leader in document security, we utilize specialized inks, secure papers, unique constructions, and other proprietary security features, often in combination, to defeat attempts to make fraudulent copies or alterations.  

Supplies

We provide printer supplies, computer supplies and accessories as well as fax and copier supplies.

Conversion Management

We provide personnel to plan and carry out massive document conversions that arise from acquisitions or new facility openings.  We assume responsibility for signage, supplies, and marketing materials in addition to documents.

Commercial Print
We purchase commercial print as a service to our customers, utilizing the commercial print expertise of our PrintConcierge® group and software that facilitates bidding and order management among a nationwide network of third party commercial printers.   

International
We maintain a network of associates throughout the world and provide this GlobalPrint Network (“GPN”) with intellectual property, document management methodology, marketing strategy, and sales opportunities.  In addition to membership fees, we have developed specialty materials and offer these to our GPN members and customers.

 

Market TrendsExcess production capacity and price competition are prevalent in portions of the Document Management segment.  The introduction of alternative technologies has reduced industry demand for traditional custom printed business documents while a very competitive market has led to price competition.  In spite of these challenges, we believe there is opportunity to increase our market share if we effectively carry out our sales strategies and offer an increasing array of application software and professional services.

Other market trends include:

·

National and personal security issues are becoming more important as identity theft and terrorism are becoming more visible threats to security

·

Lean manufacturing and just-in-time inventory management are driving customers to seek company-wide, multi-site suppliers in order to reduce part number proliferation and inventories of documents that are part of the manufacturing process

·

Customers are migrating to fewer suppliers and more strategic relationships

·

Paper-based documents and workflow are increasingly being automated and migrated to digital form

·

Customers are increasing their use of variable data.

Competition – Our principal competitors include R. R. Donnelley & Sons Company and WorkflowOne.  These companies offer products and services similar to ours.  In addition, we compete against local and regional manufacturers, brokers, and distributors.  We believe we have several strategic advantages over our competitors including:

·

We are recognized as a leader in secure documents, particularly in the healthcare and financial services markets

·

We have knowledge and experience in document workflow management, a strong national reputation, excellent domestic geographic coverage, and a complete line of products from paper to digital.

Backlog – Document Management’s backlog of orders at January 27, 2008, was approximately $52.5 million compared with $48.9 million at January 28, 2007.  We expect to fill all orders in 2008.

Label Solutions

Label Solutions accounted for 12.9%, 14.5%, and 14.3% of our consolidated revenues in 2007, 2006, and 2005.  Labels are at the core of process management, helping to convey information, safeguard assets, and mitigate risk.  We have broad design and production capabilities, plus expertise in workflow management to help customers address their unique needs.  We provide innovative solutions such as specially-formulated adhesives and substrates to withstand environmental stresses; highly specialized inks and patterns to provide the necessary level of security; smart chips to add intelligence and flexibility; and unique design configurations to eliminate redundancy, streamline processes, and reduce costs.  We provide a total integrated solution that includes printers, applications, readers, and software.  We have a wholly-owned subsidiary that operates a facility in Monterrey, Mexico which provides label printing, warehousing, kitting, and digi tal on-demand



2



printing to U.S. customers that have operations in Mexico.  Label Solutions provides the following types of products and services:

·

Identification labels

Our labels serve a broad range of identification needs – product inventory, parts, assets, branding, and security.  Examples include hospital patient wristbands, identification cards, nameplates, and vehicle stickers.

·

Instructional labels

We produce a wide range of instructional labels, such as wiring diagrams, installation, operating, and service - designed for the life of the product.  We have competency in more than 30 languages.  

·

Bar Code Label Solutions

We provide a comprehensive solution including workflow analysis, labels, application software, printers, conveyor controls, sorting and manifesting systems, implementation services, training, and service support.

·

Product Configuration Control

We provide product warning and identification labels that are critical parts of many manufactured products.  These must often perform under very demanding environmental conditions.  

Market Trends Driven by an increase in both consumer and industrial end-use applications, the market for pressure-sensitive labels in North America is projected to exhibit steady growth.  Companies in the industry will increasingly need to incorporate technologies such as bar code technology, radio frequency identification, Internet-based commerce, digital presses, and environmentally-friendly adhesives and inks.  All of these factors will make the industry more efficient allowing us to compete for new markets with alternative technologies.

Competition- Our principal competitors include R.R. Donnelley and Sons Company, WorkflowOne, and Avery Dennison.  These companies offer products and services similar to ours.  In addition, we compete against local and regional manufacturers, specialty manufacturers, brokers, and distributors.  We believe we have a strategic advantage over our competitors since we have developed proprietary label management inventory software, sell patented products such as wristbands used for admissions in hospitals, and operate specialized manufacturing facilities.  

Backlog- Label Solutions backlog of orders at January 27, 2008 was approximately $6.4 million compared with $15.7 million at January 28, 2007.  We expect to fill all orders in 2008.

POD Services
POD Services accounted for 28.4%, 28.3%, and 27.0% of our consolidated revenues in 2007, 2006, and 2005.  The combination of improved digital printing devices and more sophisticated workflow software is transforming a printing industry once dominated by long-run offset production to one increasingly characterized by shorter, digitally-printed runs.  Minimal set-up costs, shorter runs, and greater flexibility gives users of digitally-printed documents significant economic advantages over offset for many documents – warehousing costs are eliminated, document obsolescence is reduced, and each image printed can be unique.  We provide digital printing services at 26 locations throughout the United States.  POD Services provides the following types of products and services:

Manuals

We provide training, instruction, and other manuals on demand, often in limited quantities to meet our customers’ needs.

One-to-One Communications

We provide digital print, in combination with our services that allows our customers to vary each printed image in order to tailor their marketing and communication programs for each individual.

Campaign Management

We provide a turnkey solution, including data management, printing, kit-building, mailing, and archiving to manage one-time communications or on-going marketing campaigns.  

Marketing StoreFront

We provide an e-library that allows users to search and order marketing collateral.  QuickPrint, DesignOnDemand®, and Dynamic Communications software tools permit users to create personalized collateral for specific recipients.

Statement Printing / Internet Presentment

We print and mail invoices, statements, and other customer and employee communications on behalf of our clients.  We also make these communications available via the Internet for clients that prefer to offer a paperless option.  

Contracted Print Services

We operate print shops and copy centers within customer locations, providing customers convenience for quick turnaround work well suited to the on-site equipment, plus access to our regional print centers for more complex jobs.



3



Market Trends – We expect the overall market for document outsourcing and POD to grow as companies seek outside help in creating and delivering business communications with more impact, while reducing print inventory levels and related costs.  The POD market is one that permeates all industries and is a natural extension of our core business because it is a transaction-intensive market that we already serve with our core products.  Increasingly, companies strive to reach their customers with targeted, customized, and personalized messages in order to maximize their sales and marketing investments.  The ability to print and distribute these communications on demand will also fuel growth in this area.  Our focus remains on growing digital color in support of the print-on-demand business.

Competition – Our principal competitors include R. R. Donnelley & Sons Company, WorkflowOne, Mimeo, Kinkos, Xerox Business Services, and local and regional manufacturers and distributors.

Backlog – POD Services’ backlog of orders at January 27, 2008, was $8.8 million compared with $4.5 million at January 28, 2007.  We expect to fill all orders in 2008.

Document Systems  

Document Systems accounted for 2.5%, 2.4%, and 2.4% of our consolidated revenues in 2007, 2006, and 2005.  This segment generates revenue from licensing the rights to software products, revenue from maintenance and other customer support services, professional services associated with the licensing of software, and the sale of related hardware equipment such as printers.

Our LinkUp® Enterprise (LUE) software operates within a customer’s existing network to retrieve and intelligently route data to printers, faxes, PCs – delivering hardcopy documents, electronic documents, or e-mail messages in the formats required by users.  It is widely used in check disbursement applications such as payroll and accounts payable where control and confidentiality are important.  Patient Linkup® Enterprise software is tailored for use in hospitals where it is widely used in admissions.  

Market Trends – We provide software applications to help hospitals transition from paper-based to Electronic Medical Records and we expect this trend to accelerate in the future.  We also anticipate that financial institutions will continue to move toward branch-based check automation.

Competition – Our principal competitors include Troy Group, Inc., Source Technologies, Inc., healthcare information system companies, and small software companies.

Backlog – Document Systems backlog of orders at January 27, 2008 was $3.4 million compared with $4.3 million at January 28, 2007.  We expect to fill all orders in 2008.

PathForward

PathForward accounted for 0.8%, 0.3%, and 0.3% of our consolidated revenues in 2007, 2006, and 2005.  We provide consulting services to help our customers evaluate and improve their document-intensive processes.  We provide a structured approach that determines total document expense and identifies opportunities to standardize, consolidate, streamline, and eliminate obsolescence or duplication.  This business unit also markets software that enables a company to manage the cost and utilization of its fleet of desktop printers, copiers, and fax machines.

Market Trends – We expect that customers will continue wanting to work with fewer, more capable suppliers and do so in an outsourced or managed services relationship.  In addition, customers want to extract significant costs from their total document spending.

Competition – Our principal competitors include InnerWorkings, Inc., Williams Lea, and hardware manufacturers.

Backlog– PathForward’s backlog of orders at January 27, 2008 was $0.5 million.  We expect to fill all orders in 2008.

OUR MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION  

We utilize several sales channels that are devoted to selling a variety of our solutions and products as part of an enterprise solution or single product offering.  These channels are primarily organized based upon a combination of their sales objective, market segmentation, and account segmentation as follows:

·

A geographically-based, direct sales channel that focuses on the retention, expansion, and acquisition of middle-market to larger accounts primarily focused on the healthcare, financial services, and manufacturing industries

·

An inside-sales channel that is focused on the retention and expansion of business supplies and specialized product offerings targeted to smaller accounts or remote geographies where our direct sales force cannot be cost effective

·

A business development group that focuses on the acquisition of new business

·

A healthcare sales group that supports our direct sales channel; this group also directs the sale of, and provides specialized support for, selling software and systems integration



4



·

A technical sales group that supports our direct and strategic accounts’ sales organizations in the expansion and acquisition of POD products, professional consulting services, and commercial print applications to our larger accounts.

We support our sales channels with a centralized marketing organization that provides product support, strategic marketing, alliance development, and marketing communications.  In addition, we utilize a direct client care organization that uses customer relationship management systems to improve sales productivity by automating repetitive and administrative tasks, reducing selling costs, and enhancing account management.  We plan to continue to invest in strategic marketing tools to help in our account management and satisfaction systems, one-to-one marketing, and e-business efforts.  

Documents are printed at 33 geographically-disbursed locations in the United States.  Documents are shipped directly to customers or are stored by us in warehouses for subsequent on-demand delivery.  The management of document inventories to provide just-in-time delivery is a major element of our customer service.

OUR RAW MATERIALS

We purchase raw paper in a wide variety of weights, grades, and colors from various paper mills in the United States and Canada.  Carbonless paper, inks, and printing supplies are available nationally and are purchased from leading vendors.  We continuously ensure that we have adequate supplies to meet present and future sales objectives.  We generally order from suppliers with whom we have long-standing relationships.

OUR RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

During 2007, we spent $4.9 million on research and development compared with $4.2 million and $4.0 million in 2006 and 2005. Research and development is primarily focused on two areas:  the design and development of new products, services, software and technologies, and process improvement activities.  The design and development of new products and technologies also includes equipment design and development used in production as well as the integration of new technologies available in the marketplace.  

OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We have many trademarks and patents related to documents, equipment, systems, labels, and security products that provide a competitive advantage or generate license income.  None of these, individually, have a material effect upon the business.

SEASONALITY

No material portion of our business could be considered seasonal.  However, historically, we generate slightly lower revenues in the third quarter than in other quarters of the year.

OUR CUSTOMERS

The business of the Company taken as a whole, or by individual business segments, is not dependent upon any single customer or a few customers.  No single customer accounts for 10% or more of total consolidated revenue.

GOVERNMENTAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

We have no significant exposure with regard to the renegotiation or termination of government contracts.  Any expenditure made to comply with federal, state, or local provisions of environmental protection has not had a material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings, or competitive position.  

We have participated with other Potentially Responsible Parties (“PRPs”) in the investigation, study, and remediation of the Pasco Sanitary Landfill Superfund Site (the “Pasco Site”) in eastern Washington State since 1998.  Our involvement is a result of waste materials allegedly contributed to the Pasco Site from discontinued manufacturing operations conducted by UARCO Corporation at Roseburg, Oregon.  UARCO was purchased by Standard Register in 1998.  UARCO was also a PRP at the Pasco Site and participated in the initial investigation and related studies.  The Washington State Department of Ecology is the regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the Pasco Site remedial action.  The Company is a member of a PRP Group known as the Industrial Waste Area Generators Group II (the “IWAG Group”).  In 2000, the IWAG Group and several other PRP groups entered into agreed orders with the Department of Ecology for implementation of interim remedial actions and expansion of groundwater monitoring.  The Department has recently required the PRP groups to implement additional interim actions and delay implementation of a final remedy.  This regulatory development has caused an increase in the projected expenses associated with the Site through the interim and final remedy stages.  We currently have a reserve of $1.1 million, which we believe is adequate to cover our portion of the total future potential costs of remediation.  

OUR EMPLOYEES

At December 30, 2007, we had approximately 3,400 employees.



5



OUR WEBSITE

Our Internet website is www.standardregister.com.  Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to these reports are available, without charge, on the website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file these reports with the SEC.  You can also obtain these reports, free of charge, by contacting Investor Relations, Standard Register, Corporate Offices, P.O. Box 1167, Dayton, Ohio 45401, E-mail: investor@standardregister.com, phone:  937-221-1304.  In addition, these reports and other information can be obtained, free of charge, at www.sec.gov.  You may also read and copy materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549.  Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 800-732-0330.  We are not including the information contained in our website as part of, or incorporating it by reference to, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION  

This report includes forward-looking statements covered by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  A forward-looking statement is neither a prediction nor a guarantee of future events or circumstances, and those future events or circumstances may not occur.  All statements regarding our expected future financial condition, revenues or revenue growth, projected costs or cost savings, cash flows and future cash obligations, dividends, capital expenditures, business strategy, competitive positions, growth opportunities for existing products or products under development, and objectives of management are forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties.  In addition, forward-looking statements include statements in which we use words such as “anticipates,” “projects,” “expects,” “plans,” “intends,” “believes,” “estimates,” “targets,” and other similar expressions that indicate trends and future events.  These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and estimates; we cannot assure you that such expectations will prove to be correct.  The Company undertakes no obligation to update forward-looking statements as a result of new information, since these statements may no longer be accurate or timely.  

Because such statements deal with future events, actual results for fiscal year 2008 and beyond could differ materially from our current expectations depending on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, the risk factors discussed below.  

Item 1a – RISK FACTORS

Risk Factors  

Investment in any business involves inherent risks and uncertainties.  In addition to the other information presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and beyond the risks and uncertainties of ordinary business operations, important factors that could cause our future results to differ materially from those contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include the following:

Digital technologies may continue to erode the demand for our printed business documents.

Many of our custom printed documents help companies control their internal business processes and facilitate the flow of information.  The increasing sophistication of software, intranets, and our customers’ general preference for a paperless office environment will continue to reduce the number of printed documents sold.  Moreover, the documents that will continue to coexist with software applications will likely contain less value-added print content.  

Many documents we sell to customers, such as purchase orders, checks, and statements, serve to facilitate transactions between businesses.  These applications will increasingly be conducted over the Internet or through other electronic payment systems.  

The predominant method of our clients’ communication to their customers is by printed information mailed to their homes or offices.  As the customers become more accepting of Internet communications, our clients may increasingly opt for the less costly electronic option, which would reduce our revenue.

The pace of these and other technological substitutions is difficult to predict.  These factors will tend to reduce the industry-wide demand for printed documents and require us to gain market share to maintain or increase our current level of print-based revenue.  

For reasons discussed below, we operate in a very competitive industry and we may not be successful in gaining market share in which case the rate of decline in revenue could outpace our rate of cost reduction, lowering our margins.  

The document printing industry is likely to continue to be over-supplied and highly price competitive, which may reduce our gross margins.

Flat-to-declining market demand for many printed products, steady advances in manufacturing productivity, and the absence of meaningful industry consolidation may prolong or even worsen the current overcapacity situation within the industry, further weakening market pricing and lowering our margins.  The increasing use of reverse auctions or other bidding tools may also contribute to lower prices for our printed products.  



6



Although we have endeavored in the past to continually improve productivity and reduce our cost structure in an effort to maintain a competitive position, there is no guarantee that we would be able to do so successfully in the future.  Consequently, our margins could be unfavorably impacted.

Our plans to deal with the threats and opportunities brought by digital technology may not be successful.

Digital technologies pose a significant threat to many of the printed documents that have been the mainstay of our historical profit and cash flow.  In 2000, we embarked on a multi-year restructuring program to maintain our competitive position in our traditional markets, invest in existing products and services not threatened by technology, and add new offerings with future growth potential.

We have eliminated unprofitable business and aggressively reduced costs in an effort to maintain a competitive position. These actions produced significant restructuring and impairment charges as we reduced staffing levels, excess production capacity, and other operating costs.

It is likely that market forces will require us to continue to improve our productivity and cost structure, possibly resulting in additional restructuring charges.  Margins on traditional products could suffer if we do not successfully realize market share gains or productivity improvements in the future to offset the effects of declining unit sales and weaker pricing.

Digital technology poses less of a threat to some of our traditional products such as labels and secure documents, and we will invest in an effort to grow the sales of these products.  We opened a manufacturing plant in Mexico to supply labels to our customers who manufacture there.  We have limited experience in operating a manufacturing facility outside of the United States and may have difficulty with the cultural and administrative aspects of this venture, which could unfavorably impact our margins.  

As our traditional printed products come under increasing pricing pressure, we will endeavor to separately price and sell related software and services.  These include document design, application software, software support, consulting, program management, and other services that we believe our customers need and will value.  Some of these services have traditionally been bundled into the value of the product; others have been sold at a highly discounted price.  Our success in this initiative will require a change in behavior on the part of our sales representatives and our customers, and accordingly it is difficult to predict the rate of adoption.  There is no guarantee that we will get the increase in margins from these services that we need to offset potentially weaker product margins.  

We are also investing to bring our customers new services which we believe have future growth potential.  Among these are Print On Demand Services, PathForward Consulting Services, and our Commercial Print Exchange.  These initiatives depend heavily upon our ability to develop and deploy software that will streamline order workflow, enrich the customer experience, and differentiate us from the competition.  Our success will depend upon our ability to invest the required capital and attract and retain experienced talent.  Given the challenging market dynamics for each of these services, there is no guarantee that we will be successful.  

A significant downturn in the general economy could adversely affect our revenue, gross margin, and earnings.

Our business could be unfavorably affected by changes in national or global economic conditions, including inflation, interest rates, availability of capital markets, consumer spending rates, and the effects of governmental plans to manage economic conditions.  The demand for many of our printed documents, and hence our revenue and gross margin, is correlated with the level of business activity of our customers.  Economic weakness and constrained customer spending has resulted in the past, and may result in the future, in decreased revenue, gross margin, earnings, or growth rates.  We also have experienced, and may experience in the future, gross margin declines reflecting the effects of increased pressure for price concessions as our customers attempt to lower their cost structures.  In this environment, we may not be able to reduce our costs sufficiently to maintain our margins which, in the case of severe financial difficulty, may affect our ability to pay dividen ds for a period of time.   

We may not be able to pass through increases in our paper costs or may experience several quarters of delay in recovering higher paper costs.

Paper is a commodity that is subject to periodic increases or decreases in price, with all major paper mills setting their prices within a narrow band at any point in time.  There is no effective futures market to cost-effectively insulate us against unexpected changes in price, and corporate-negotiated purchase contracts provide only limited protection against price increases.  

When paper prices are increased, we attempt to recover the higher costs by raising the prices of our products to our customers.  Since each order is custom printed to the customer’s specification, the price increase varies by product and customer and is accomplished by individual negotiation between the sales representative and the buyer.  

In the price-competitive marketplace in which we operate, the sales representative may not be able to pass through any or all of the higher paper cost, or more likely, may experience some negotiated delay in achieving the higher price.  In addition, we have contracts with some customers that limit the amount and frequency of price increases.  To the extent we cannot recover the full cost increase, our gross margins would be reduced.  We have generally been successful in the past in



7



recovering higher paper costs, albeit with some delay; there is no guarantee, however, that this experience will be repeated in the future.

We may make larger contributions to our pension plans in the future, diverting cash from other corporate purposes.

Our qualified defined benefit pension plan has shifted from overfunded to underfunded, largely as a result of poor stock market returns in 2001 and 2002 that reduced the market value of our pension plan assets and lower interest rates which increased the present value of future benefit obligations.

We have been making voluntary contributions to our pension plan over the past six years, averaging $18 million annually.  Although subject to change, we expect to make contributions of approximately $20 million annually which would bring the plan to a fully-funded position (assets equal to or greater than the accumulated benefit obligation) in about five years based on current actuarial assumptions.  

If our actuarial assumptions are not realized, we may have to increase our contributions to our pension plan, diverting cash from capital expenditures or other important corporate purposes, or perhaps increasing the level of our long-term debt.  For more information related to our actuarial assumptions and pension obligations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Estimates.”

Failure to attract and retain qualified personnel may result in difficulties in managing our business effectively and meeting revenue objectives.

If we are unable to retain and motivate our existing employees and attract qualified personnel to fill key positions, we may not be able to manage our business effectively.   In particular, success in meeting our revenue and margin objectives depends in large part on our ability to attract, motivate, and retain highly qualified personnel in sales.  Competition for people is intense and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting, motivating, and retaining such personnel.   

Steps that have been or may be taken to restructure our business and align our resources with market opportunities may not be effective or could disrupt our business.

Over the past several years, we have undertaken several actions designed to restructure our business, reduce future operating costs, and dispose of excess assets.  These actions have included reductions in workforce, dispositions of assets, plant and office closures, and internal reorganizations of our sales force to better match our resources with market opportunities.  The completion of these activities or the introduction of additional restructuring programs could be disruptive to our business.  Reductions to headcount and other cost cutting measures could result in the loss of technical expertise that could adversely affect our plans for growth and development of new and existing products and services.  

There are inherent limitations in all control systems, and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected.

While we continue to take action to ensure compliance with the disclosure controls and other requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related SEC and NYSE rules, there are inherent limitations in our ability to control all circumstances.  Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that any company’s controls, including our own, will prevent all error and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.  In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be evaluated in relation to their costs.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, in our Company have b een detected.  These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes.  Further, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls.  The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.  Over time, a control may be inadequate because of changes in conditions or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Other Risk Factors

There are numerous other factors, many of which are outside of our control, which could adversely impact our financial condition, cash flows, and results of operations.  Such factors include: adverse events such as natural disasters; large scale medical outbreaks; acts of international or domestic terrorism; and international, political, and military developments.  Among other things, such factors could provoke economic uncertainty which could reduce demand for, and consumer spending on, our products; price increases in commodities such as paper, which would increase our product costs; and legal and regulatory developments that could impact how we operate.  Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business.  



8



Item 1b – UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

There are no unresolved staff comments.

Item 2 – PROPERTIES

Our corporate offices are located in Dayton, Ohio.  The following table is a list of our principal production facilities:  



Location

Square Footage


Business Segment


          Type of Facility

Fayetteville, Arkansas

146,349

Document
Management

Continuous, Form Labels

Murfreesboro, Tennessee

82,209

Document
Management

Short-run Continuous

Salisbury, Maryland

114,607

Document
Management

Continuous, Form Labels, 50'' Rolls

Shelbyville, Indiana

60,930

Document
Management

Short-run Zipsets and Cut Sheets

York, Pennsylvania

214,110

Document
Management

Zipset, MICR Cut Sheet, Laser Forms

Monterrey, Mexico

29,064

Label Solutions

Booklets, Short-run Labels, Kitting and Distribution

Radcliff, Kentucky

79,000

Label Solutions

Custom Labels, MatchWeb Labels, and DocuLabels II Labels

Tampa, Florida

39,634

 Label Solutions

Custom Labels and Roll Labels

Charlotte, North Carolina

57,191

POD Services

Document Outsourcing, Imprinting, Digital Color

Sacramento, California

51,760

POD Services

Document Outsourcing, Kitting/Digital Color

Tolland, Connecticut

56,159

POD Services

Document Outsourcing, Kitting/Imprinting, Financial Forms

Carrollton, Texas

81,435

POD Services

Document Outsourcing, Imprinting, Digital Color

Sacramento, California; Tampa, Florida; Carrollton, Texas; and Tolland, Connecticut, are leased facilities.  In addition, we operate 22 smaller Stanfast Print Centers.  In most cases, these facilities are located in major metropolitan cities in the United States and are leased.

Our current capacity, with modest capital additions, is expected to be sufficient to meet production requirements for the near future.  Utilization by press varies significantly, averaging an estimated 64% overall.  We believe our production facilities are suitable and can meet our future production needs.  



9



Item 3 – LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

a)

We have no material claims or litigation pending against us.


Item 4 – SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

During the fourth quarter of 2007, no matters were submitted to a vote of our shareholders.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following is a list of our executive officers, their ages as of December 30, 2007, their current titles, and any positions they held during the last five years:


Name


Age


Office and Experience

Officer

Since

Craig J. Brown

58

Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer.  Mr. Brown has served in his current position since March 1995.

1987

Bradley R. Cates

38

Vice President, Sales and Marketing.  Mr. Cates has served in this position since April 2007.  From September 2005 to April 2007, he served as Vice President, Marketing and from August 2003 to September 2005 he served as Vice President, Strategic Accounts.  From December 2001 to August 2003, Mr. Cates served as Business Development Director.

2007

Thomas M. Furey

43

Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer and General Manager, Document and Label Solutions.  Mr. Furey has served in this position since April 2006.  From December 2004 to April 2006, he served as Vice President and General Manager, Document and Label Solutions.  He joined the Company as Vice President, Manufacturing Operations, Document and Label Solutions, in May 2004.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Furey was Director of Operations, Avery Dennison Fasson Roll North America, from September 2002 to May 2004.

  

2006

Kathryn A. Lamme

61

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary.  Ms. Lamme has served in her current position since April 2002.  

1998

Joseph P. Morgan, Jr.

48

Vice President, Chief Technology Officer and General Manager, On Demand Solutions Group.  Mr. Morgan has served in this position since December 2005, having previously served as Vice President, Chief Technology Officer from January 2003 to December 2005.  

2003

Dennis L. Rediker

63

President and Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Rediker has served in his current position since June 2000.  He has served on The Standard Register Company's Board of Directors since 1995.

2000


There are no family relationships among any of the officers.  Officers are elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors, which is held immediately after the annual meeting of shareholders, to serve at the discretion of the Board.



10



PART II

Item 5 - MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Price - The following table lists the high and low market prices as reported on the NYSE and cash dividends paid per share:

2007

Quarter

 

Dividend

 

High

 

Low

 

Last

         

1st

 

 $         0.23

 

 $       13.46

 

 $       11.90

 

 $       12.65

2nd

 

 $         0.23

 

 $       13.24

 

 $       11.16

 

 $       11.40

3rd

 

 $         0.23

 

 $       14.47

 

 $       11.21

 

 $       12.71

4th

 

 $         0.23

 

 $       13.66

 

 $       11.24

 

 $       11.64

         

2006

Quarter

 

Dividend

 

High

 

Low

 

Last

         

1st

 

 $         0.23

 

 $       18.40

 

 $       14.65

 

 $       15.50

2nd

 

 $         0.23

 

 $       15.55

 

 $       11.37

 

 $       11.85

3rd

 

 $         0.23

 

 $       13.86

 

 $       11.01

 

 $       13.20

4th

 

 $         0.23

 

 $       16.00

 

 $       11.75

 

 $       12.00

Approximate Number of Holders of Common Stock - On January 27, 2008, there were 2,428 shareholders of record of our common stock.  This number includes restricted shares, but excludes individual holders whose shares are held by nominees.  There are also 16 holders of Class A stock.  

Dividends - We expect to continue paying quarterly cash dividends in the future; however, the amounts paid, if any, will be dependent upon earnings and the future financial condition of the Company.

There were no repurchases of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2007.   Information regarding our equity compensation plans is included in Item 12 and is incorporated by reference into this section of Item 5.

Performance Graph

The following performance graph presents our cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock from December 31, 2002 to each of the years ending 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, and 2007.  Each year’s ending value is calculated as follows:

(i) The sum of

a)

the cumulative amount of dividends, assuming dividend reinvestment during the periods presented, and

b)

the difference between our share price at the end and beginning of the periods presented is divided by

(ii) The share price at the beginning of the periods presented.

The cumulative shareholder return is then compared with that for a published industry index, and a broad equity market index.

The Company uses the S&P SmallCap 600 Industrial Index and the S&P 500 Index.  There were 87 companies in the S&P 600 Industrial Index on December 31, 2007, including Standard Register.


[Performance Graph attached in PDF format]




11





Item 6 - SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

           
             

THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY

SIX-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)

             
 

2007 (a,b)

 

2006 (b,c,e,h)

 

2005 (b,d,e,h)

 

2004 (b,d,e,f,h)

2003 (b,d,e,h)

 

2002 (d,e,g,h)

 

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS

            

  Revenue

 $    865,432 

 

 $    894,291 

 

 $    890,069 

 

 $     878,222 

 

 $     875,700 

 

 $     991,590 

 

  Cost of sales

       577,396 

 

       587,529 

 

       588,630 

 

        569,083 

 

        553,553 

 

        602,323 

 

      Gross margin

       288,036 

 

       306,762 

 

       301,439 

 

        309,139 

 

        322,147 

 

        389,267 

 

  Selling, general and administrative

       263,104 

 

       263,441 

 

       244,256 

 

        265,920 

 

        295,666 

 

        280,909 

 

  Depreciation and amortization

         26,575 

 

         28,128 

 

         33,202 

 

          36,774 

 

          40,209 

 

          43,275 

 

  Asset impairments

            (439)

 

           2,738 

 

              303 

 

               854 

 

          11,423 

 

                   - 

 

  Restructuring charges (reversals)

           7,996 

 

           2,671 

 

              998 

 

          11,008 

 

          18,256 

 

          (1,837)

 

  Interest expense

           3,763 

 

           2,285 

 

           2,465 

 

            2,643 

 

            4,048 

 

          13,261 

 

  Investment and other income (expense)

              208 

 

              228 

 

              499 

 

               113 

 

               857 

 

             (711)

 

  Income tax (benefit) expense

         (5,176)

 

           4,500 

 

         10,378 

 

          (4,239)

 

        (17,789)

 

          20,964 

 

  (Loss) income from continuing

            

        operations

         (7,579)

 

           3,227 

 

         10,336 

 

          (3,708)

 

        (28,809)

 

          31,984 

 

  (Loss) income from discontinued

            

    operations

            (752)

 

         (4,922)

 

         (9,487)

 

        (39,330)

 

        (10,258)

 

               597 

 

  Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued

            

    operations

           1,026 

 

       (10,044)

 

              550 

 

          12,820 

 

                   - 

 

                   - 

 

      Net (loss) income

 $      (7,305)

 

 $    (11,739)

 

 $        1,399 

 

 $     (30,218)

 

 $     (39,067)

 

 $       32,581 

 

DILUTED PER SHARE DATA

            

  (Loss) income from continuing

            

    operations

 $        (0.26)

 

 $          0.11 

 

 $          0.36 

 

 $         (0.13)

 

 $         (1.02)

 

 $           1.12 

 

  (Loss) income from discontinued

            

    operations

           (0.03)

 

           (0.17)

 

           (0.33)

 

            (1.38)

 

            (0.36)

 

              0.02 

 

  Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued

            

    operations

             0.04 

 

           (0.35)

 

             0.02 

 

              0.45 

 

                   - 

 

                   - 

 

      Net (loss) income

 $        (0.25)

 

 $        (0.41)

 

 $          0.05 

 

 $         (1.06)

 

 $         (1.38)

 

 $           1.14 

 

  Dividends paid

 $          0.92 

 

 $          0.92 

 

 $          0.92 

 

 $           0.92 

 

 $           0.92 

 

 $           0.92 

 

  Book value per share

 $          3.83 

 

 $          4.08 

 

 $          5.96 

 

 $           7.16 

 

 $           8.68 

 

 $         11.05 

 

YEAR-END FINANCIAL DATA

            

  Current ratio

 2.3 to 1 

 

 2.1 to 1 

 

 2.1 to 1 

 

 1.3 to 1 

 

 2.8 to 1 

 

 3.6 to 1 

 

  Working capital

 $    111,420 

 

 $    116,456 

 

 $    113,855 

 

 $       63,216 

 

 $     184,083 

 

 $     283,096 

 

  Plant and equipment

 $    110,975 

 

 $    119,339 

 

 $    129,989 

 

 $     147,160 

 

 $     165,538 

 

 $     206,222 

 

  Total assets

 $    419,546 

 

 $    452,079 

 

 $    475,912 

 

 $     542,973 

 

 $     628,957 

 

 $     754,864 

 

  Long-term debt

 $      51,988 

 

 $      41,021 

 

 $      34,379 

 

 $            867 

 

 $     125,000 

 

 $     200,010 

 

  Shareholders' equity

 $    109,959 

 

 $    116,650 

 

 $    171,935 

 

 $     203,888 

 

 $     247,071 

 

 $     310,963 

 

OTHER DATA

            

  Number of shares

            

    outstanding at year-end

  28,727,177 

 

  28,621,104 

 

  28,833,939 

 

   28,494,239 

 

   28,468,455 

 

   28,145,272 

 

  Number of employees

           3,400 

 

           3,760 

 

           4,000 

 

            4,100 

 

            5,000 

 

            5,681 

 

  Capital expenditures

 $      21,575 

 

 $      22,906 

 

 $      20,224 

 

 $       23,228 

 

 $       18,343 

 

 $       28,220 

 
             

 Note: Balance sheet data for 2002-2006 does not reflect Digital Solutions and InSystems as discontinued operations.

   

(a) Reflects the gain on sale of Digital Solutions on April 21, 2007.

         

(b) Reflects losses from discontinued operations as a result of the sale of Digital Solutions.

     

(c) Reflects the loss on sale of InSystems on June 5, 2006.

         

(d) Reflects income (losses) from discontinued operations as a result of the sale of the equipment service business.

   

(e) Reflects income (losses) from discontinued operations as a result of the sale of InSystems.

     

(f) Reflects the gain on sale of the equipment service business on December 31, 2004.

       

(g) Reflects the acquisitions of InSystems and PlanetPrint on July 2, 2002 and July 12, 2002, respectively.

   

(h) Reflects a prior period adjustment to beginning retained earnings for correction of an error.

     



12



Item 7 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis provides material historical and prospective disclosures intended to enable investors and other users to assess our financial condition and results of operations.  Statements that are not historical are forward-looking and involve risks and uncertainties, including those discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and elsewhere in this report.  These risks could cause our actual results to differ materially from any future performance suggested below.

References to 2007, 2006, and 2005 refer to the 52-week periods ended December 30, 2007, December 31, 2006, and January 1, 2006.

OVERVIEW

The Company – We are a leading document services provider that helps our customers manage, control, and source their document and print-related spending.  We primarily serve the healthcare, financial services, and manufacturing industries.    

We are trusted by our customers to manage business-critical documents.  Our strategy is to help migrate companies from paper-based to digital processes by providing products and services including printed products, pressure-sensitive labels, print-on-demand services, document automation, outsourcing, and professional services.

Our Enterprise Document Management approach includes analysis of where, how, and even if documents should be printed. This document study includes everything from forms, stationery, reports to marketing collateral addressing what is printed internally, as well as externally.

We provide customers the tools to manage the entire lifecycle of their documents from concept to delivery, allowing them to reduce document-related costs.  We make a measurable difference for our customers by helping them achieve their desired business outcomes by assisting them with reducing costs, transitioning to more efficient processes, effectively managing their risks and meeting their regulatory and industry requirements, and driving their business growth.

Our operations include five reportable segments:  Document Management, Label Solutions, Print-on-Demand (POD) Services, Document Systems, and PathForward.

Our Business ChallengesWe are engaged in an industry undergoing fundamental change.  Digital technology is, as is almost always the case with any disruptive change, both friend and foe.  Our traditional business documents are essential for the conduct of business, but many are being replaced or devalued by software.  On the other hand, digital technology introduces new opportunities, such as print-on-demand services, for those willing to invest.  Our Company’s history is one of adapting to change, and our goal is to persevere and grow in the digital age.  The cost reduction program described below was a necessary step for the Company to address these challenges and achieve its long-term objectives.  

In 2007, we initiated restructuring actions as part of an overall plan to reduce our annual operating costs by $40 million.  On July 20, 2007, we eliminated approximately 250 positions, primarily in management and overhead, representing $22 million annually in compensation and related costs.  Earlier in the year, we consolidated our manufacturing and warehousing operations in a move expected to save approximately $5 million annually.  Other new initiatives that target purchasing costs and other non-compensation expenditures are expected to lower costs by an additional $13 million annually.  We targeted approximately $15 million of savings in 2007 with the remaining balance expected in 2008.    

Our pension plan became underfunded in late 2002, primarily as a result of lower interest rates and weak stock market returns in 2001 and 2002.  The amortization of these and other actuarial losses has resulted in significant expense in subsequent years – equivalent to $0.55 per share in 2007, $0.54 per share in 2006, and $0.40 per share in 2005.  We have continued to make voluntary cash contributions to our qualified pension plan, averaging $18.0 million annually over the last six years. We made $20 million of voluntary contributions in 2007.

The market for many of our traditional printed products is very price competitive.  It is likely that the increasing use of reverse auctions and other bidding tools will gain in popularity and may lower the prices of our printed products.  

Paper mill operating rates for uncoated freesheet were in the 95% to 96% range at the end of 2007.  During 2006, operating rates were reported in the 92% to 93% range.  Paper mills are expected to manage supply chain capacity as they are faced with higher energy and transportation costs.  The industry continues to remove capacity through downtime and closures, and mill operating rates for 2008 are projected to be as high as 98%.

At the time of this writing, a price increase on bond roll product and xerographic cut sheet has been announced for the first quarter of 2008 in the six-to-seven percent range.  We plan to increase our selling prices and negotiate with customers to recover these increases as well as any additional increases.  Despite a competitive marketplace, we have generally been able to pass through these paper cost increases, although it often takes several quarters due to the custom nature of our products and our contractual relationships with many of our customers.  



13



Our FocusOur objective is to continue to improve the sales trend in our core document business by obtaining market share in targeted accounts and vertical markets where we have a strong reputation and value proposition.  We will continue to reduce costs and improve productivity in order to stay cost competitive.  

We plan to address the large and growing market to provide for digital print-on-demand output, including color and variable print.  Services that provide the customer with added convenience, design capability and control over the process are expected to be a strong differentiator.  We plan to step up the level of investment in our POD Services business in order to ensure that we catch the building market momentum in this important growth segment.  This will translate into higher capital expenditures and selling, general and administrative expenses in the coming quarters.  

We intend to continue to bring our customers products and services that improve their ability to capture, manage, and move information in their business processes.  We also offer a portfolio of Standard Register managed services that help our customers reduce costs and improve their business processes, allowing them to concentrate on their core competencies.  Over time, services will become an increasing source of our revenue stream.  Our strategy is beginning to resonate with customers, and we have successfully completed implementation of these offerings.

We expect to continue to focus on generating positive cash flow and maintaining our current strong financial condition.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

In preparing our financial statements and accounting for the underlying transactions and balances, we applied the accounting policies disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Although we believe our estimates and assumptions are reasonable, they are based on information presently available and actual results may differ significantly from those estimates.

We consider the estimates discussed below as critical to an understanding of our financial statements because they place the most significant demands on management’s judgment about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain, and the impact of different estimates or assumptions is material to our financial condition or results of operations.  Specific risks for these critical accounting estimates are described in the following paragraphs.  The impact and any associated risks related to these estimates are discussed throughout this discussion and analysis where such estimates affect reported and expected financial results.  With the exception of contingent liabilities, the impact of changes in the estimates and assumptions discussed below generally do not affect segment results; however, share-based compensation expense is reflected in segment results through an allocation of corporate expenses.

For a detailed discussion of the application of these and other accounting policies, see “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Management has discussed the development and selection of the critical accounting policies and the related disclosure included herein with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

Pension and Postretirement Healthcare Benefit Plan Assumptions

Included in our financial statements are significant pension and postretirement obligations and benefit costs which are measured using actuarial valuations.  The use of actuarial models requires us to make certain assumptions concerning future events that will determine the amount and timing of the benefit payments.  Such assumptions include the discount rate, the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, the rate of future compensation increases, and the healthcare cost trend rate.  In addition, the actuarial calculation includes subjective factors, such as withdrawal and mortality rates, to estimate the projected benefit obligation.  The actuarial assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates, or longer or shorter life spans of participants.  These differences may have a significant impact on the amount of pension or postretirement oblig ations and benefit expense recorded in future periods.

Discount rate – One of the principal components of calculating the projected benefit obligation and certain components of pension and postretirement healthcare benefit costs is the assumed discount rate.  The discount rate is the assumed rate at which future pension and postretirement healthcare benefits could be effectively settled.  The discount rate established at year-end for the benefit obligations is also used in the calculation of the interest component of benefit cost for the following year.  Discount rates are established based on prevailing market rates for high-quality, fixed-income instruments with maturities equal to the future cash flows to pay the benefit obligations when due.  



14



Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets – One of the principal components of the net periodic pension cost calculation is the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.  The required use of an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets may result in recognized pension income that is greater or less than the actual returns of those plan assets in any given year.  Over time, however, the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns and therefore result in a pattern of income and expense recognition that more closely matches the pattern of the services provided by our employees.  Our qualified defined benefit pension plan’s assets are invested in a broadly- diversified portfolio consisting primarily of publicly-traded common stocks and fixed-income securities.  We use long-term historical actual return experience and estimates of future long-ter m investment return, with consideration to the expected investment mix of the plan’s assets, to develop our expected rate of return assumption used in the net periodic pension cost calculation.  Differences between actual and expected returns are recognized in the pension cost calculation over five years using a five-year, market-related asset value method of amortization.  The amortization of these differences has, and could continue to have, a significant effect on net periodic pension cost.

Our nonqualifed pension and postretirement healthcare benefit plans are unfunded plans and have no plan assets. Therefore, the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is not a factor in accounting for these benefit plans.  

Assumptions regarding mortality – One of the assumptions made in the calculation of the projected benefit obligation is an estimate of mortality rates for the population of pension participants.  Our actuaries use mortality tables, which include death rates for each age, in estimating the amount of pension benefits that will become payable.  The mortality tables include the proportion of the number of deaths in a specified group to the number living at the beginning of the period in which the deaths occur.  We use the RP-2000 Mortality Table to determine benefit obligations and to determine pension and postretirement benefit cost.  

Rate of future compensation increases – The rate of anticipated future compensation increases is another significant assumption used in the actuarial model for pension accounting and is determined based upon our long-term plans for such increases.

Healthcare cost trend rate – One of the principal components of calculating the projected benefit obligation for our postretirement healthcare plan is the healthcare cost trend rate.  We review external data and our own historical trends for healthcare costs to determine the healthcare cost trend rates used.

We review the assumptions used to account for pension and postretirement healthcare benefit obligations and benefit cost each fiscal year-end.

Weighted-Average Assumptions


Projected benefit obligation

2007

 

2006

Discount rate used for pension obligations

6.00%

 

5.75%

Discount rate used for postretirement healthcare obligation

5.75%

 

5.75%

Future compensation increase rate used for pension obligation

   

  - current year

3.50%

 

3.50%

  - subsequent years

3.50%

 

3.50%

Current year healthcare cost trend rate used for postretirement healthcare obligation

8.00%

 

9.00%

Holding all other assumptions constant:

·

A 1% increase in the discount rate would decrease the pension obligation recorded by approximately $52.6 million.  A 1% decrease in the discount rate would increase the pension obligation recorded by approximately $64.5 million.  

·

A 1% increase or decrease in the discount rate would decrease or increase the postretirement obligation recorded by approximately $1.5 million.  

·

A 1% increase or decrease in the future compensation increase rate would increase or decrease the pension obligation recorded by approximately $7.8 million.

·

A 1% increase in the current year healthcare cost trend rate would increase the postretirement healthcare benefit obligation recorded by approximately $1.6 million, and a 1% decrease would reduce the obligation by $1.4 million.  



15






Net periodic pension benefit cost

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Discount rate

5.75%

 

5.75%

 

6.00%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

8.75%

 

8.75%

 

8.75%

Holding all other assumptions constant:

·

A 1% increase in the discount rate would decrease pension cost by approximately $6.3 million.  A 1% decrease in the discount rate would increase pension cost by approximately $7.4 million.  A 1% change in the discount rate would have an immaterial impact on the postretirement benefit cost.  

·

A 1% increase or decrease in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets would decrease or increase pension benefit cost by $3.3 million.

Amortization of differences between the expected and actual returns on the plan assets, including those resulting from losses in 2002 and 2001, impacts our pension cost.  The long-term rate of return on plan assets that we expect to use to determine fiscal 2008 net periodic pension cost is 8.75%, the same as 2007.  The amortization of past market losses and other actuarial losses is expected to be lower in 2008 and subsequent years.  While the exact amount is not known at this time, we estimate that the amortization will decrease in 2008 by approximately $5.0 million.  The decrease is primarily the result of the settlement and curtailment that occurred in 2007 that reduced the unamortized actuarial losses to be recognized in future years.

As a result of associates retiring in 2007 and electing a lump-sum payment of their pension benefit from the qualified and nonqualified defined benefit plan, we recorded non-cash settlement charges of $20.9 million in net periodic benefit cost.  A pension settlement charge is recorded when the total lump sum payments for a year exceed total service and interest costs recognized for that year.  The settlement charge recognizes a pro-rata portion of the unrecognized actuarial net losses equal to the percentage reduction in the pension benefit obligation.  The settlements reduced our projected benefit obligation by $32.8 million and our pension assets by $47.9 million.

Restructuring actions undertaken in 2007 resulted in a reduction of associates who participated in our qualified defined benefit pension plan.  As a result, we experienced a curtailment that reduced our projected benefit obligation by $24.1 million.

Fair-value Measurements

We assess the impairment of long-lived assets, which include intangible assets, goodwill, and plant and equipment, whenever significant events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  Factors considered important that could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to:

·

Sustained underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results

·

Changes in the manner of use of the assets, their physical condition, or the strategy for the Company’s overall business

·

Negative industry or economic trends

·

A more-likely-than-not expectation that a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of, significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life

·

A significant decrease in the market price of a long-lived asset.

When we determine that the carrying amount of plant and equipment or intangible assets with finite lives may not be recoverable, based on the existence of one or more indicators, the assets are tested for impairment.  Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are required to be evaluated for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise.  

Impairment assessments are performed using fair value techniques.  We follow a process that compares the fair value of the asset to its carrying value.  Fair values are typically calculated using discounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition, or market comparisons.  These valuation techniques use significant estimates and assumptions, which include projected future cash flows, discount rates that reflect the risk inherent in the future cash flows, growth rates, and determination of appropriate market values.  The use of different estimates or assumptions could result in a different conclusion on whether an asset was impaired or the amount of the impairment charge recorded.



16



Goodwill

During the second quarters of 2007 and 2006, we performed the annual impairment test for goodwill.  The test was performed at the reporting unit level using a fair-value-based test that compares the fair value of the asset to its carrying value.  Based upon the test results, we determined that the discounted sum of the expected future cash flows from the assets exceeded the carrying value of those assets; therefore, no impairment of goodwill was recognized.

In performing the test for impairment, we made assumptions about future sales and profitability that required significant judgment.  In estimating expected future cash flows for the 2007 test, we used internal forecasts that were based upon actual results, assuming slightly increasing revenue and gross margin improvement.  At the time of the impairment test, the carrying value of net assets for the reporting unit associated with the goodwill was $9.8 million.  The most critical estimates used in determining the expected future cash flows were the revenue and cost assumptions and the terminal value assumed.  If our estimate of expected future cash flows had been 10% lower, or if either of these two assumptions changed by 10%, the expected future cash flows would still have exceeded the carrying value of the assets, including goodwill.

Deferred Taxes

We record income taxes under the asset and liability method.  Significant management judgment is required in determining our deferred tax assets and liabilities, any valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets, and our provision for income taxes, including tax positions taken or to be taken in our tax returns.

At December 30, 2007, we had net deferred tax assets of $94.2 million attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and to operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.  We base our estimate of deferred tax assets and liabilities on current tax laws and rates and, in certain cases, business plans, tax planning strategies, and other expectations about future outcomes.  Since the effect of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period when the changes are enacted, changes in existing tax laws or rates could affect actual tax results, and future business results may affect the amount of deferred tax liabilities or the valuation of deferred tax assets over time.  

Valuation Allowances -  Our ability to realize deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on the future taxable income of the taxable entity to which the deferred tax asset relates.  We evaluate all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized.

The decision to record a valuation allowance requires varying degrees of judgment based upon the nature of the item giving rise to the deferred tax asset.  We have established valuation allowances for U.S. and Canadian capital loss carryforwards that we believe will not be utilized before the expiration period.  Should future taxable income be materially different from our estimates, changes in the valuation allowance could occur that would impact our tax expense in the future.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits – Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.”  FIN 48 requires that the financial statement effects of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return to be recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination.  The cumulative effect of applying FIN 48 was $1.1 million and was recorded as an adjustment to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.     

Significant management judgment is required in evaluating tax positions taken or to be taken in our tax returns.  We evaluate all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.  We have recorded a liability of $1.1 million that represents tax benefits taken in our tax returns, but not yet reflected in our tax provision because of the uncertainty of the position.  If we are ultimately successful, this liability would be reversed and the tax benefits would be recognized.  This would favorably affect the effective income tax rate of a future period or periods.

Inventories

Substantially all inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market and are stated using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) dollar value method.  We subcontract, store, and later distribute finished goods to fulfill certain customer orders.  Such subcontracted finished goods inventories are recorded at cost on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis and amounts related to such subcontracted finished goods inventories are excluded from our LIFO calculation.  We believe the LIFO method more fairly presents the results of operations by more closely matching current costs with current revenues.  Under the LIFO method, the cost assigned to items sold is based on the cost of the most recent items purchased.  As a result, the costs of the first items purchased remain in inventory and are used to value ending inventory.  The excess of our estimated current costs over LIFO carrying value, or the LIFO reserve, was approximately $33 .9 million and $34.9 million at December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006.  



17



Under the dollar value LIFO method, similar items of inventory are aggregated to form inventory "pools."  Increases and decreases in a pool are identified and measured in terms of the total dollar value (not the quantity of physical items) of inventory in the pool.  The use of indices is an integral part of the dollar value LIFO method.  Using the link-chain technique, a cumulative index is used to convert (deflate) year-end inventories priced at current cost to base-year cost and to convert (inflate) an increment stated at base-year cost back to LIFO cost.  Under both techniques, indices are developed by pricing all inventory items twice.  In other words, inventory quantities on hand at the end of the current year are priced at current year current costs and at prior year current costs.  This ratio of costs is then used to adjust the cumulative index at the end of the preceding year to a new cumulative index.  The t otal current cost of current year-end inventories is next converted to total base-year cost by means of the new cumulative index.  The net change in inventory is then determined by comparing the total inventory at base-year cost at the beginning and the end of the current year.  LIFO values are determined, by layer, by applying the applicable cumulative index to the increments stated at base-year cost.

We evaluate the LIFO calculation each quarter and record an adjustment each quarter, if necessary, for the expected annual effect of inflation, and these estimates are adjusted to actual results determined at year-end.  We determine the LIFO cost on an interim basis by estimating annual inflation trends, annual purchases and ending inventory levels for the fiscal year.  We apply internally-developed indices that we believe more consistently measure inflation or deflation in the components of our inventories and product mix and our merchandise mix.  We believe the internally-developed indices more accurately reflect inflation or deflation in our own prices than the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics producer price indices or other published indices.  Should actual annual inflation rates and inventory balances at the end of any fiscal year differ materially from our interim estimates, changes could occur that would materially affect our Consolidated Statement of Income for that year.  

At December 30, 2007, a 10% increase in our 2007 cumulative index would have increased our LIFO expense approximately $1.1 million, or approximately $0.7 million after tax.  Conversely, a 10% decrease in our 2007 cumulative index would have decreased our LIFO expense by approximately $1.3 million, or approximately $0.8 million after tax.

Share-Based Compensation Expense

Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards require the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the share-based payment awards and stock price volatility.  The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent management's best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment.  As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense could be different in the future.

Additionally, the share-based compensation expense that is recorded is dependent on the amount of awards we expect to be forfeited.  If our actual forfeitures are materially different from our estimate, our share-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the current period.  

We also issued shares of performance-based restricted stock that would only vest upon attainment of specific performance goals by the Company.  This required us to assess the probability of meeting the performance goal when determining the amount and timing of the compensation expense to record.  In 2005-2007 we had shares of performance-based restricted stock which would have vested upon attainment of a performance goal by the Company by the end of 2007.  We evaluated the probability of meeting this performance goal each quarter and continued to expect the full amount to vest in 2007; therefore, we did not reduce compensation expense for estimated forfeitures.  However, the performance goal was not met by the end of 2007 and, in the fourth quarter of 2007, we reversed $2.5 million of expense that had previously been recorded in 2005, 2006, and the first nine months of 2007.

Contingent Liabilities

The Company is subject to laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and is party to environmental actions that have arisen in the ordinary course of business.  We provide for expenses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such amounts are probable and can be reasonably estimated.   The amount of liability recorded is based on an evaluation of currently available facts and is reviewed periodically.  Actual expenses incurred in future periods may vary from current estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in estimating the extent of necessary remediation efforts.

The Company has participated with other Potentially Responsible Parties (“PRPs”) in the investigation, study, and remediation of the Pasco Sanitary Landfill Superfund Site (the “Pasco Site”) in eastern Washington State since 1998.  The Company is a member of a PRP Group known as the Industrial Waste Area Generators Group II (the “IWAG Group”).  In 2000, the IWAG Group and several other PRP groups entered into agreed orders with the Department of Ecology for implementation of interim remedial actions and expansion of groundwater monitoring.  The Department has recently required the PRP groups to implement additional interim actions and delay implementation of a final remedy.  This regulatory development has caused an increase in the projected expenses associated with the Pasco Site through the interim and final remedy stages.  We have a discounted reserve of $1.1 million that we currently believe is adequate to cover the Company’s portion of the total future potential costs of remediation.   In addition, we have undiscounted reserves totaling



18



$0.7 million for environmental remediation at one previously owned facility and one currently owned facility.  The final remediation amounts could differ from our current estimate.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


Discontinued Operations

In April 2007, we sold selected assets of our digital writing business, including inventory, equipment, and prepaid assets, to EXPED LLC, for $2.5 million in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities.  The transaction resulted in a net gain of approximately $0.8 million.

In June 2006, we sold 100% of the outstanding capital stock of InSystems Corporation (InSystems) to Whitehill Technologies, Inc., for $8.5 million in cash, plus the return of certain cash deposits   The transaction resulted in a net loss of approximately $10.1 million which included a charge of $2.0 million for contractual obligations to Whitehill Technologies, Inc., related to the leased facility.  In conjunction with the recording of this contractual obligation, we reversed a restructuring liability of $1.1 million to discontinued operations.  

The Digital Solutions and InSystems businesses were sold because they no longer fit with the Company’s strategic direction.  The sale of Digital Solutions and InSystems, both reportable segments, met the criteria to be accounted for as discontinued operations under SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.”  The results of operations for Digital Solutions and InSystems have been excluded from continuing operations in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.  Cash flows related to discontinued operations are not separately disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.  

Revenue, results of operations, and gain or loss on sale for these discontinued operations appear in the table below.  In 2006 and 2005, minor adjustments were recorded from the previous sale of our Equipment Service business in 2004.


  

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Revenue

      

Digital Solutions

 

 $         0.5 

 

 $          0.6 

 

 $          0.7 

InSystems

 

                -   

 

             4.9 

 

           11.2 

   Total

 

 $         0.5 

 

 $          5.5 

 

 $        11.9 

Loss from Discontinued Operations, net of tax

      

Digital Solutions

 

 $        (0.8)

 

 $         (3.1)

 

 $         (3.2)

InSystems

 

                -   

 

            (1.4)

 

            (6.3)

Equipment Service

 

                -   

 

            (0.4)

 

                -   

   Total

 

 $        (0.8)

 

 $         (4.9)

 

 $         (9.5)

Gain (Loss) on Sale of Discontinued Operations, net of tax

      

Digital Solutions

 

 $         0.8 

 

 $              -   

 

 $              -   

InSystems

 

             0.2 

 

          (10.1)

 

                -   

Equipment Service

 

                -   

 

                -   

 

             0.6 

   Total

 

 $         1.0 

 

 $       (10.1)

 

 $          0.6 


Continuing Operations

The discussion that follows provides information which we believe is relevant to an understanding of our consolidated results of operations and financial condition, supplemented by a discussion of segment results where appropriate.  The discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.  

Restructuring  

In 2007, we announced plans to reduce our annual operating costs by $40 million.  The restructuring actions were undertaken in order to improve profitability, maintain competitiveness, and fund future initiatives essential to the Company’s strategy.  

At the close of 2007, we estimate that we reduced 2007 second half costs by approximately $17.5 million in comparison to the first half as a result of these programs, exceeding our goal of $15.0 million.  On an annualized basis, this represented $35 million of the $40 million plan.  Programs are underway to achieve the balance of the goal.



19



We recorded $8.0 million, $2.7 million, and $1.0 million of restructuring charges in 2007, 2006, and 2005 related to these savings initiatives as well as other restructuring actions described in further detail under “Restructuring and Asset Impairment.”

Pension loss amortization and pension settlements

Our qualified pension plan became underfunded in 2002 primarily as a result of the weak stock market in 2001 and 2002 and subsequent declines in interest rates.  This produced actuarial losses that are amortized to expense subsequent years.  Pension loss amortization was $26.1 million, $25.6 million, and $19.0 million, in 2007, 2006, and 2005.  The amortization is expected to be lower in 2008 and to continue to trend lower thereafter.  While the exact amount is not known at this time, we estimate that the amortization will decrease in 2008 by approximately $5.0 million as a result of the settlement and curtailment that occurred in 2007 which reduced the balance of unamortized actuarial losses.

As a result of associates retiring and electing a lump-sum payment of their pension benefit we recorded non-cash settlement charges of $20.9 million and $1.6 million in net periodic benefit cost for 2007 and 2006.  A pension settlement charge is recorded when the total lump sum payments for a year exceed total service and interest costs recognized for that year.  The settlement charge recognizes a pro-rata portion of the unrecognized actuarial net losses.  

Pension loss amortization and settlement charges are non-cash expenses.  


Consolidated Summary

Management evaluates the Company’s results and those of its segments on the basis of income from continuing operations excluding restructuring charges, asset impairments, pension loss amortization, and pension settlements, referred to as “Adjusted Operating Income.”  We believe that this non-GAAP financial measure enhances the understanding of our results of operations due to the non-operational nature of the excluded items and the significant and varying effect they have on our reported results from period to period.   This presentation is consistent with the manner in which our Board of Directors establishes incentives and internally evaluates performance.  This non-GAAP information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for results prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Adjusted Operating Income was relatively consistent over the last three years - $45.4 million, $42.4 million, and $43.0 million in 2007, 2006, and 2005.   

In 2006, revenue was up $4.2 million overall and the gross margin increased by $5.4 million.  These improvements were driven by performance gains in our POD Services segment, which overcame the effects of lower Document Management revenue.  Depreciation and amortization was also favorable in 2006, down $4.9 million, but SG&A expense was up $10.9 million over the prior year as a result of higher spending on selling and information technology initiatives.  Adjusted Operating Income in 2006 decreased $0.6 million.

In 2007, revenue was down $28.9 million from the prior year.  Three customers accounted for a total of $38.0 million in revenue decreases.  These included the loss of label business at a large pharmacy, price cuts at a major bank, and a reduction in prescription pad sales representing the difference between the initial program rollout in 2006 and a much lower maintenance level in 2007.

The gross margin in 2007 was down $18.8 million, reflecting the lower revenue and temporarily higher costs incurred in conjunction with the plant consolidation undertaken as part of the Company’s 2007 cost reduction program.  

Largely as a result of the cost reduction program, the second half of 2007 Adjusted Operating Income was $20.1 million higher than that for the first half of the year.  Total 2007 Adjusted Operating Income exceeded the prior year by $3.0 million.



20



The following table presents Revenue, Gross Margin, and Operating Income (Loss) for each of our reportable segments.  The table also reconciles our presentation of Adjusted Operating Income to Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations on a GAAP basis.


 

2007

 

% Chg

 

2006

 

% Chg

 

2005

 

% Chg

Revenue

           

Document Management

 $     480.2 

 

-1.6%

 

 $     487.9 

 

-2.2%

 

 $     499.1 

  

Label Solutions

        111.2 

 

-14.0%

 

        129.3 

 

1.6%

 

        127.3 

  

POD Services

        245.9 

 

-3.0%

 

        253.5 

 

5.5%

 

        240.2 

  

Document Systems

           21.4 

 

1.4%

 

           21.1 

 

1.0%

 

           20.9 

  

PathForward

             6.7 

 

168.0%

 

             2.5 

 

-3.8%

 

             2.6 

  

   Consolidated Revenue

 $     865.4 

 

-3.2%

 

 $     894.3 

 

0.5%

 

 $     890.1 

  

 

  

% Rev

   

% Rev

   

% Rev

Gross Margin

           

Document Management

 $     141.5 

 

29.5%

 

 $     156.5 

 

32.1%

 

 $     168.5 

 

33.8%

Label Solutions

           36.5 

 

32.8%

 

           42.0 

 

32.5%

 

           40.8 

 

32.1%

POD Services

           97.5 

 

39.7%

 

           98.8 

 

39.0%

 

           83.2 

 

34.6%

Document Systems

           10.2 

 

47.7%

 

           10.3 

 

48.8%

 

             8.6 

 

41.1%

PathForward

             1.3 

 

19.4%

 

             0.2 

 

8.0%

 

             0.7 

 

26.9%

   Total Segments

        287.0 

 

33.2%

 

        307.8 

 

34.4%

 

        301.8 

 

33.9%

LIFO Adjustment

             1.0 

 

 

 

           (1.0)

 

 

 

           (0.4)

 

 

   Consolidated Gross Margin

 $     288.0 

 

33.3%

 

 $     306.8 

 

34.3%

 

 $     301.4 

 

33.9%

            

Depreciation & Amortization

           26.5 

 

3.1%

 

           28.2 

 

3.2%

 

           33.1 

 

3.7%

SG&A Expense (1)

        216.1 

 

25.0%

 

        236.2 

 

26.4%

 

        225.3 

 

25.3%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Income (Loss)

           

Document Management

 $       13.3 

 

2.8%

 

 $       14.6 

 

3.0%

 

 $       30.9 

 

6.2%

Label Solutions

             3.6 

 

3.2%

 

             5.8 

 

4.5%

 

             4.8 

 

3.8%

POD Services

           24.2 

 

9.8%

 

           17.2 

 

6.8%

 

             3.1 

 

1.3%

Document Systems

             3.6 

 

16.8%

 

             4.2 

 

19.9%

 

             2.5 

 

12.0%

PathForward

           (0.7)

 

-10.4%

 

           (1.0)

 

-40.0%

 

           (0.1)

 

-3.8%

   Total Segments

 $       44.0 

 

5.1%

 

 $       40.8 

 

4.6%

 

 $       41.2 

 

4.6%

LIFO and Other Unallocated

             1.4 

 

 

 

             1.6 

 

 

 

             1.8 

 

 

   Adjusted Operating Income

           45.4 

 

5.2%

 

           42.4 

 

4.7%

 

           43.0 

 

4.8%

            

Restructuring

           (8.0)

   

           (2.7)

   

           (1.0)

  

Asset Impairments

             0.4 

   

           (2.7)

   

           (0.3)

  

Pension Loss Amortization

         (26.1)

   

         (25.6)

   

         (19.0)

  

Pension Settlements

         (20.9)

 

 

 

           (1.6)

 

 

 

                -   

 

 

Operating Income (Loss)

           (9.2)

   

             9.8 

   

           22.7 

  

Interest and Other Expense

           (3.6)

 

 

 

           (2.1)

 

 

 

           (2.0)

 

 

(Loss) Income Before Taxes

         (12.8)

   

             7.7 

   

           20.7 

  
            

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

             5.2 

   

           (4.5)

   

         (10.4)

  

   % Rate

-40.6%

   

58.2%

   

50.1%

  

(Loss) Income from Continuing

           

   Operations

 $        (7.6)

 

 

 

 $          3.2 

 

 

 

 $       10.3 

 

 


  (1) SG&A expense above excludes pension loss amortization and pension settlement charges.





21



Segments

The actual cost of sales and depreciation are recorded for each segment and a selling, general and administrative expense (SG&A) allocation is made based on an evaluation of each segment’s utilization of our selling, support, and engineering resources.

In 2007, the Company analyzed its internal reporting structure.  As part of this process, we evaluated the impact on segment reporting, and in the fourth quarter, made changes to our reportable segments.  A summary of the changes is as follows:

·

The Document and Labels Solutions segment was separated into two reportable segments – Document Management and Label Solutions.   

·

The Commercial Print and International business units, which were previously reported in the “Other” reportable segment, are now included in the Document Management segment.

·

Freight revenue billed to customers and freight costs paid to vendors previously were accounted for as a separate business unit and reported with the Document and Labels Solutions reportable segment.  Freight revenue and freight costs are now associated with their respective products and reported with the applicable reportable segment.

·

Certain outsourced products were moved from the POD Services segment to business units in the Document Management segment.  Print management services were moved from Commercial Print to PathForward.

·

The Digital Solutions segment was sold in 2007.

A complete description of our reportable segments is included in Item 1, “Business.”  Segment information for 2006 and 2005 has been revised from previously reported amounts to reflect the current presentation.  


Document Management

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

$

% Rev

 

$

% Rev

 

$

% Rev

         

Revenue

 $ 480.2

  

 $ 487.9

  

 $ 499.1

 

% Change

-1.6%

  

-2.2%

    
         

Gross Margin

 $ 141.5

29.5%

 

 $ 156.5

32.1%

 

 $ 168.5

33.8%

         

Operating Income

 $   13.3

2.8%

 

 $   14.6

3.0%

 

 $   30.9

6.2%

Our Document Management segment operates in a market generally characterized by excess capacity and price competition.  Despite these conditions, pricing overall was up slightly in both years in response to higher paper costs.  Despite the slightly higher selling prices, Document Management revenue was down 2.2% in 2006 and 1.6% in 2007, reflecting unit shipment decreases of approximately 4.0% and 3.0% in those same years.  

The gross margin percentage declined steadily over the three year period from 33.8% in 2005 to 32.1% in 2006 to 29.5% in 2007.  This pattern reflects the combination of lower unit sales, competitive pricing, and temporarily higher costs related to the plant consolidation.  Costs improved significantly in the second half of 2007 as the benefit of the cost reduction program began to be realized.  The gross margin for the second half of 2007 was 30.0% versus 29.4% for the first half.   

Despite the $15.0 million decrease in 2007 gross margin, operating profit was down only $1.3 million as a result of lower SG&A expenses to allocate to the segments and lower depreciation.




22



Label Solutions

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

$

% Rev

 

$

% Rev

 

$

% Rev

         

Revenue

 $ 111.2

  

 $ 129.3

  

 $ 127.3

 

% Change

-14.0%

  

1.6%

    
         

Gross Margin

 $   36.5

32.8%

 

 $   42.0

32.5%

 

 $   40.8

32.1%

         

Operating Income

 $     3.6

3.2%

 

 $     5.8

4.5%

 

 $     4.8

3.8%

The label industry also competes on price, but the Company attempts to differentiate itself by offering highly value-added solutions.  Gross margins tend to be higher than for traditional printed products.

Label Solutions revenue increased modestly in 2006, but declined $18.1 million or 14.0% in 2007.  The drop in 2007 revenue was primarily attributed to an $18.7 million revenue decrease at a single pharmacy account that changed the manner in which it labeled its prescription bottles.  Pricing in this segment was modestly higher in both 2006 and 2007 as a result of the Company’s effort to recover higher material costs.  Excluding the single pharmacy account decrease in 2007, unit sales were nearly identical in each of the three years.  

The gross margin increased $1.2 million in 2006 on higher revenue, but declined $5.5 million in 2007 primarily as a result of the large pharmacy account loss and start-up costs at our Mexico label plant.  The gross margin percentage has improved modestly in each year – to 32.1% in 2005, to 32.5% in 2006, and to 32.8% in 2007.  These gross margin percentages were helped by the 2006 closing of our Terre Haute label plant and consolidation of its production capacity into other facilities.

The operating profit improvement of $1.0 million in 2006 reflects the increase in that year’s gross margin.  The $2.2 million decrease in the 2007 operating income reflects the $5.5 million drop in gross margin, offset by the reduced level of SG&A expense allocation.  


POD Services

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

$

% Rev

 

$

% Rev

 

$

% Rev

         

Revenue

 $ 245.9

  

 $ 253.5

  

 $ 240.2

 

% Change

-3.0%

  

5.5%

    
         

Gross Margin

 $   97.5

39.7%

 

 $   98.8

39.0%

 

 $   83.2

34.6%

         

Operating Income

 $   24.2

9.8%

 

 $   17.2

6.8%

 

 $     3.1

1.3%

Our POD Services segment provides short-run offset and digitally printed products plus a variety of related services.  Short-run offset products declined 13.1% in 2006 and 11.0% in 2007, reflecting decreasing demand and a preference for digital print.  Offset products represented about 30% of this segment in 2007.

Digital print increased 19.0% in 2006 and was up 3.0% in 2007.  The Company rolled out a large state-wide secure prescription pad program in 2006 and continued to supply the pads in 2007, although at a lower maintenance level.  Excluding revenue from prescription pads in both years, digital print revenue increased 5.2% and 10.1% in 2006 and 2007.

Overall, revenue was up 5.5% in 2006 and down 3.0% in 2007.  Average selling prices were modestly higher in both years, reflecting the pass-through of higher paper costs.  

Service revenue has grown by 40% over the last two years, reflecting the Company’s push in recent years to earn a return on the many services offered by this segment.  Services represented about 16% of total revenue in 2007.



23



The gross margin increased $15.6 million in 2006 as a result of increased revenue and cost improvements.  Gross margin declined $1.3 million in 2007, reflecting the decrease in revenue offset in major part by cost improvements.  The gross margin percentage increased in each year – from 34.6% in 2005, to 39.0% in 2006, to 39.7% in 2007.  Productivity improvements, cost saving initiatives, and the growth in service revenue all played a role in this improvement.  

The $14.1 million increase in 2006 operating income is closely correlated to the $15.6 million rise in the gross margin.  In 2007, the operating profit increased $7.0 million despite the lower gross margin, reflecting the reduced level of SG&A expense allocation.


Document Systems

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

$

% Rev

 

$

% Rev

 

$

% Rev

         

Revenue

 $   21.4

  

 $   21.1

  

 $   20.9

 

% Change

1.4%

  

1.0%

    
         

Gross Margin

 $   10.2

47.7%

 

 $   10.3

48.8%

 

 $     8.6

41.1%

         

Operating Income

 $     3.6

16.8%

 

 $     4.2

19.9%

 

 $     2.5

12.0%

Document Systems sells application software and services that facilitate the secure, on-demand printing of business documents.  Document Systems also generates revenue from the sale of related hardware equipment such as printers.  Total revenue increased modestly in each of the last two years – up 1.0% in 2006 to $21.1 million, and up 1.4% in 2007 to $21.4 million.  This segment’s strategy has been to focus primarily on application software and services; these revenue components accounted for approximately half of 2007 revenue, compared to one-fourth in 2005.

The gross margin in 2007 was $10.2 million, little changed from the $10.3 million result in 2006.  The gross margin percentages were 47.7% in 2007 compared to 48.8% in the prior year.  The 2005 gross margin was $8.6 million or 41.1% of revenue.   


PathForward

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

$

% Rev

 

$

% Rev

 

$

% Rev

         

Revenue

 $      6.7 

  

 $      2.5 

  

 $      2.6 

 

% Change

168.0%

  

-3.8%

    
         

Gross Margin

 $      1.3 

19.4%

 

 $      0.2 

8.0%

 

 $      0.7 

26.9%

         

Operating Loss

 $    (0.7)

-10.4%

 

 $    (1.0)

-40.0%

 

 $    (0.1)

-3.8%


PathForward provides consulting and commercial print management services.  This segment also markets software that enables a company to manage the cost and utilization of its fleet of desktop printers, copiers, and fax machines.

Revenue was $2.6 and $2.5 million in 2005 and 2006, but increased significantly in 2007 to $6.7 million.  This increase was the result of growth in commercial print outsourcing and the initial installation of the fleet management software acquired earlier in the year.

This segment has reported operating losses in each year.  The gross margin improved in 2007 to 19.4%, but start-up costs related to the fleet management software were also high, producing the loss of $0.7 million.




24



Selling, General and Administrative Expense (SG&A)

As shown in the table below, excluding pension amortization and settlements, SG&A expense decreased by $20.1 million in 2007, following an increase of $10.9 million in 2006.  

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Total selling, general and administrative expense

 

 $     263.1

 

 $     263.4

 

 $     244.3

Amortization of pension net acturial losses

 

           26.1

 

           25.6

 

           19.0

Pension settlements

 

           20.9

 

             1.6

 

               -   

Selling, general and administrative expense, excluding the above

 

 $     216.1

 

 $     236.2

 

 $     225.3

The decrease in 2007 reflects lower compensation as a result of the restructuring, lower healthcare costs, and lower share-based compensation expense.  Because performance goals were not met, in 2007 we reversed approximately $1.6 million of expense recorded in 2006 and 2005 related to performance-based restricted stock.  In addition, approximately $1.9 million of non-recurring items, primarily related to sales tax refunds, reduced SG&A expense.  

The primary contributors to the 2006 increase were sales compensation, fringe costs, and increased information technology spending, offset by a $2.5 million reversal of expense related to a favorable audit settlement for unclaimed funds.


Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization continued to trend lower in 2007 - $26.5 million compared with $28.2 million and $33.1 million in the two preceding years.  The decrease reflects the lower level of capital spending in recent years as the Company has adopted an asset-lighter strategy.  Annual capital spending has been in the $20-$23 million range over the last several years, compared with much higher amounts prior to 2001.  In addition, plant consolidations undertaken in recent years have had the effect of reducing excess capacity and equipment depreciation.  Capital expenditures in 2008 are estimated in the $20-25 million range.


Restructuring and Asset Impairment

Pre-tax components of restructuring charges consist of the following:

   

2007

 

2006

 

2005

2007 restructuring actions

  

 $          8.0

 

 $             -

 

 $             -

2006 restructuring actions

  

                 -

 

            2.1

 

                -

2005-2001 restructuring actions

  

                 -

 

            0.6

 

            1.0

Total restructuring charges

  

 $          8.0

 

 $         2.7

 

 $         1.0

2007 Restructuring

In 2007, we initiated restructuring actions as part of an overall plan to reduce our annual operating costs.  We ceased production and closed our facility in Middlebury, Vermont.  Equipment and production was transferred to three other existing plants.  We recorded $5.1 million of restructuring costs in the Document Management segment related to the closing of the Middlebury plant;  $1.8 million for employer related costs and $3.3 million of other associated exit costs, primarily for equipment removal and relocation, employee relocation, and inventory write-offs.  

We also eliminated approximately 250 positions, primarily in management and overhead, representing $22.0 million annually in compensation and related costs.    Total restructuring costs were $2.9 million for severance and employer related costs.  



25



Pre-tax components of 2007 restructuring charges consist of the following:

  

Total Costs

  

Cumulative-

  

Expected

  

To-Date

  

to be

  

Restructuring

 

 

Incurred

  

Expense

Severance and employer related costs

 

 $                   4.7

  

 $                     4.7

Associated costs

 

                      3.3

 

 

                        3.3

Total

 

 $                   8.0

 

 

 $                     8.0

BY SEGMENT:

     

Document Management

 

 $                   6.3

  

 $                     6.3

Label Solutions

 

                      0.1

  

                        0.1

POD Services

 

                      0.4

  

                        0.4

Other

 

                      1.2

 

 

                        1.2

Total

 

 $                   8.0

 

 

 $                     8.0

A summary of the 2007 restructuring accrual activity is as follows:

 

Charged to

 

Incurred

 

Balance

 

Accrual

 

in 2007

 

2007

Severance and employer related costs

 $            4.4

 

 $       (4.0)

 

 $     0.4

      Total

 $            4.4

 

 $       (4.0)

 

 $     0.4

2006 Restructuring

Within the Label Solutions segment, we closed our Terre Haute, Indiana label production plant.  The plant’s production capacity was transferred to three other existing plants to improve overall efficiency and lower operating costs.  Total costs incurred included $0.7 million for severance and employer related costs and $1.4 million for other directly associated costs, primarily equipment removal and relocation.

2005 - 2001 Restructuring

In 2005, we closed one printing center within the POD Services segment, moving production to other facilities and outsourcing envelope production.   We also closed a warehouse in the Document Management segment.  Total costs incurred were primarily severance and employer related costs.  

The remaining restructuring expense in 2006 and 2005 was primarily related to vacated facilities from prior restructurings that we were unable to sublease.  The expense in 2005 was offset by a reversal of $0.8 million for lower than expected severance and healthcare benefits for certain associates,  primarily due to the reversal of an accrual established for severance related to its outsourcing of information technology operations in 2004.  We had agreed to pay severance to associates whose positions were subsequently eliminated, and the number of positions eliminated was less than expected.  

Asset Impairments

During 2005, we recorded $0.3 million of asset impairments, primarily for software that was replaced during the year.  

In conjunction with the closing of the Terre Haute plant, in 2006 we recorded $1.5 million of asset impairments, primarily related to equipment.  The carrying value of the Terre Haute building and equipment was adjusted to its fair value less costs to sell, considering recent sales of similar properties and real estate valuations.  Other equipment was determined to have no fair value and was disposed.   At December 31, 2006, the Terre Haute building was classified as held for sale and subsequently sold in January 2007 at a small gain.

At the end of 2006, we concluded that it was more likely than not that a Document Management plant would be closed which caused us to perform an impairment test on the long-lived assets.  This resulted in the Company recording an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million to adjust the carrying values of building and equipment assets to their fair value less costs to sell, considering the most recent information available including recent sales of similar properties.  Other equipment was determined to have no fair value and was disposed.  



26



In 2007, we closed Document Management’s Middlebury plant.  The market was stronger than expected, and we received several offers in 2007 for the purchase of the building that were higher than originally anticipated.   As a result, in 2007, we reversed the $0.4 million impairment charge recorded in 2006 associated with the building.   In July 2007, the Middlebury facility was sold at a gain of approximately $0.9 million.  We also reversed $0.3 million of the impairment charge recorded in 2006 related to the sale and disposal of equipment.  We transferred more equipment to other existing plants than originally expected.   An additional $0.3 million of impairment charges were recorded for other equipment, primarily in the Document Management segment.  


Interest Expense

Interest expense increased to $3.8 million in 2007, compared with $2.3 million and $2.5 million in 2006 and 2005.  The increase was primarily the result of higher debt balances carried during 2007.  


Income Taxes

The effective tax rates were 40.6%, 58.2%, and 50.1%, for 2007, 2006, and 2005.  The table below details the major items that impacted the rates in each of the years.


 

2007

%

 

2006

%

 

2005

%

Pre-tax (Loss) Income on Continuing Operations

 $  (12.8)

  

 $      7.7

  

 $    20.7

 

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

       (5.2)

-40.6%

 

          4.5

58.2%

 

        10.4

50.1%

Major Reconciling Items

        

State rate changes

            -  

  

          0.1

1.2%

 

          2.3

11.1%

Charitable contributions expiration

            -  

  

          0.5

6.5%

 

             -  

 

Capital loss valuation allowance

            -  

  

          0.4

5.2%

 

             -  

 

Equity compensation

            -  

  

          0.3

3.9%

 

             -  

 

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense, adjusted

        

    for reconciling items

       (5.2)

-40.6%

 

          3.2

41.6%

 

          8.1

39.1%


In 2006, we reduced our deferred tax asset by $0.5 million for the value of charitable contributions that will not be realized as a tax deduction due to their expiration.  In addition, a tax valuation allowance of $0.4 million was established in connection with a capital loss that will likely not be offset by future capital gains.  Finally, the deferred tax asset was reduced by $0.3 million to recognize the lower deduction available to the Company as a result of the decrease in the value of the Company’s stock since certain restricted shares that vested in 2006 were granted.  


In June 2005, the State of Ohio enacted new tax legislation that had the effect of eliminating $2.3 million of the Company’s tax loss carry-forwards carried in deferred tax.  The effect of this change in tax rates on future periods was not material.  




27



Services

Revenue generated by services across all segments was $73.6 million or 8.5% of total revenue, compared with 8.1% and 7.0% of revenue in the previous two years.  Services comprise a meaningful and generally increasing share of the revenue mix in our POD Services, Document Systems, and PathForward segments, as indicated in the table below.

 

2007

 

% Rev

 

2006

 

% Rev

 

2005

 

% Rev

Service Revenue

           

Document Management

 $     22.9

 

4.8%

 

 $     28.1

 

5.8%

 

 $     27.6

 

5.5%

Label Solutions

              -  

   

              -  

   

              -  

  

POD Services

        38.6

 

15.7%

 

        36.0

 

14.2%

 

        27.7

 

11.5%

Document Systems

           6.9

 

32.2%

 

           6.4

 

30.3%

 

           4.7

 

22.5%

PathForward

           5.2

 

77.6%

 

           2.3

 

92.0%

 

           2.2

 

84.6%

   Total

 $     73.6

 

8.5%

 

 $     72.8

 

8.1%

 

 $     62.2

 

7.0%


2nd Half 2007

Our financial results for the second half of 2007 were significantly stronger than those in the first half as indicated in the table below.


  

1st Half 2007

 

2nd Half 2007

 

Change

 

 

$

 

% Rev

 

$

 

% Rev

 

$

 

%

Revenue

 

 $   438.6

   

 $   426.8

   

 $   (11.8)

  

Gross Margin

 

      143.0

 

32.6%

 

      145.0

 

34.0%

 

           2.0 

 

1.4%

SG&A Expenses (1)

 

117.1

 

26.7%

 

        99.0

 

23.2%

 

       (18.1)

 

-3.5%

Depreciation

 

13.2

 

3.0%

 

        13.3

 

3.1%

 

           0.1 

 

0.1%

Adjusted Operating Income (2)

 

12.7

 

2.9%

 

        32.7

 

7.7%

 

        20.0 

 

4.8%


(1)

Excludes pension loss amortization and pension settlements totaling $17.3 million in the 1st half of 2007 and $29.7 million in the 2nd half of 2007.

(2)

Excludes restructuring, impairment, pension loss amortization, and pension settlements totaling $20.7 million in the 1st half of 2007 and $33.9 million in the 2nd half of 2007.


2008 Outlook

Our revenue expectation is for a modest decrease in our Document Management segment, reflecting lower demand in some products, offset by growth in our other segments.  Overall, our total revenue for 2008 is not expected to change significantly from 2007.

We will carry our lower second half 2007 cost structure into 2008 and we will continue to pursue additional productivity gains and cost reductions during the year.  A portion of the savings will be reinvested during 2008 in pursuit of our long-term strategic plan.

We expect a modest double-digit increase in Adjusted Operating Income, reflecting the lower cost structure and an improving product mix.



28



LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our discussion of liquidity and capital resources will include an analysis of our cash flows and capital structure, which include both continuing and discontinued operations, plus a summary of our significant contractual obligations.  

This discussion also presents financial measures that are considered non-GAAP.  Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company’s performance, financial position, or cash flows where amounts are either excluded or included not in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The presentation of non-GAAP information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for results prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.  In particular, we will segregate and highlight cash flows related to restructuring and contributions to our qualified pension plan, both of which are carefully monitored by management and have a significant and variable impact on cash flow.  In addition, because our outstanding debt is borrowed under a revolving credit agreement which currently permits us to borrow and repay at will up to a balance of $100 million, we measure cash flow performance prior to debt borrowing or repayment. In effect, we evaluate cash flow as the change in net debt (total debt less cash and cash equivalents).  

The major elements of the Statements of Cash Flows are summarized below:

CASH INFLOW (OUTFLOW)

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Net income plus non-cash items

 

 $        72.4

 

 $        72.5

 

 $        79.1

Working capital

 

            (4.8)

 

          (16.7)

 

             5.3

Restructuring payments

 

            (7.6)

 

            (3.4)

 

            (5.2)

Contributions to qualified pension plan

 

          (20.0)

 

          (25.0)

 

          (15.0)

Deferred compensation payments and other

 

            (6.9)

 

            (7.5)

 

            (6.7)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

           33.1

 

           19.9

 

           57.5

Acquisitions

 

            (0.7)

 

                 -

 

                 -

Capital expenditures

 

          (21.6)

 

          (22.9)

 

          (20.2)

Proceeds from sale of plant, equipment, and discontinued operations

             5.0

 

             9.7

 

             3.0

Proceeds from sale of equity investment

 

                 -

 

                 -

 

             1.1

Net cash used for investing activities

 

          (17.3)

 

          (13.2)

 

          (16.1)

Debt borrowings (payments)

 

           10.6

 

             6.4

 

          (46.6)

Dividends paid

 

          (26.5)

 

          (26.6)

 

          (26.4)

Other

 

             0.3

 

             0.4

 

             1.2

Net cash used for financing activities

 

          (15.6)

 

          (19.8)

 

          (71.8)

Net change in cash

 

 $          0.2

 

 $       (13.1)

 

 $       (30.4)

Memo:

      

Add back debt (borrowed) paid

 

          (10.6)

 

            (6.4)

 

           46.6

Cash flow before change in debt

 

 $       (10.4)

 

 $       (19.5)

 

 $        16.2




29



Cash Flows

Net debt increased during 2007 from $40.9 million at the outset of the year to an ending balance of $51.3 million, reflecting a net cash outflow of $10.4 million.  This compares to a cash outflow of $19.5 million in 2006 and a cash inflow of $16.2 million in 2005.   

Restructuring payments increased slightly in 2007 versus prior years due to the restructuring actions taken in 2007 as part of our cost reduction initiatives.

Contributions to the Company’s qualified pension plan were $20 million in 2007 and $25 million in 2006, up significantly from the $15 million in 2005.  We expect to make contributions of $20 million per year for the next several years in order to move the plan toward fully funded status.  Our estimated required mandatory pension-funding requirement for 2008 is approximately $20 million.

Deferred compensation balances paid to associates and payments of supplementary pension benefits were significantly higher in 2007; however, they were offset in part by $4.1 million in cash received from the deferred compensation trust.  

Capital spending has been in the $20-$23 million range over the last several years, and we expect to spend between $20-25 million for capital expenditures in 2008.   Proceeds from the sales of our Terre Haute and Middlebury facilities contributed to the $2.5 million of cash provided from the sale of assets.  The previously discussed sale of our Digital Solutions business provided $2.5 million of cash in 2007, and the sale of InSystems provided $9.1 million of cash in 2006.

Dividend payments were consistent in each year.  

Capital Structure

Our capital structure appears in the table below:


CAPITAL STRUCTURE

2007   

 

2006   

 

2005   

Total Debt

 $    52.0   

 

$      41.4   

 

$    35.0   

Less Cash and Short-term Investments

        (0.7)  

 

       (0.5)  

 

   (13.6)  

Net Debt

        51.3   

 

       40.9   

 

    21.4   

Equity

     110.0   

 

     116.7   

 

    171.9   

     Total

 $  161.3   

 

$    157.6   

 

$  193.3   

Net Debt:Total Capital

31.8%

 

26.0%

 

11.1%

The $10.4 million cash outflow described earlier for 2007 is reflected in the increase in net debt shown in the table above.  

The Company currently has a $100 million senior secured revolving credit agreement (Credit Facility) with seven banks that permits borrowing and repayment as needed throughout the year.  The Credit Facility, which expires in May 2010, is secured by accounts receivable, inventories, and certain other assets.  There is a fixed charge coverage covenant test that becomes applicable if the sum of available unborrowed credit plus certain cash balances falls below $10 million.  At year-end, outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility were $52.0 million and unborrowed credit was $42.0 million, net of letters of credit.  

Interest on the Revolver is at the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus an applicable spread based on the sum of available unborrowed credit plus certain cash balances.  Payment of interest on base rate loans is based on the prime rate.  The weighted average interest rate, including the spread, was 6.83% at December 30, 2007.  At the end of February 2008, the weighted average interest rate, including the spread, had dropped to 4.89%.  In addition, the Company pays a fee on the unused portion of the credit facility; currently the fee is 37.5 basis points.

We believe that the combination of internally-generated funds, available cash reserves, and our existing credit facility are sufficient to fund our operations, including capital expenditures, dividends, and investments in growth initiatives over the next year.  In our judgment, our strong balance sheet could support additional debt financing.



30



Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations at December 30, 2007.  Some of the amounts we included in this table are based on estimates and assumptions about our obligations, and the amounts we actually pay in the future may vary from the amounts reflected below.


 

Payments Due by Period

 

Total

Less than 1 year

1-3 years

4-5 years

After 5 years

Long-term debt (1)

 $          52.0

 $               -

 $          52.0

 $                -

 $                  -

Long-term note payable (2)

               2.8

               0.5

               2.3

                   -

                     -

Operating leases (3)

             49.6

             14.3

             21.6

             10.8

                 2.9

Purchase commitments (4)

               9.1

               8.4

               0.7

                   -

                     -

Pension plans (5)

             43.5

             21.9

               4.0

               4.8

               12.8

Postretirement benefit obligation (6)

             20.3

               2.1

               4.4

               4.3

                 9.5

   Total

 $        177.3

 $          47.2

 $          85.0

 $          19.9

 $            25.2


1)

The debt payment information represents amounts outstanding under our revolving line of credit.  No amounts for interest on amounts due are included.

2)

The long-term note payable due is related to the NPS acquisition completed in 2007.

3)

We are obligated under operating leases for real estate, sales offices, transportation equipment, and computer and other equipment.  In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the obligations under these operating leases are not recorded on our balance sheet.  

4)

We have no purchase agreements with suppliers extending beyond normal quantity requirements.  We have the following commitments at December 30, 2007:

·

Purchase commitments for capital improvements aggregating $2.0 million

·

Purchase commitments with copy equipment suppliers to spend a total of $0.3 million in 2008  

·

Purchase commitments for telecommunications services from suppliers that provide for minimum annual commitments of $1.0 million in 2008

·

Multiple years remaining on commitments with software companies for total annual license maintenance fees of $1.6 million.  

We outsource certain information technology services from suppliers under multi-year agreements that provide for early termination penalties.  At December 30, 2007, the early termination penalties total approximately $4.2 million.  The remaining terms of the agreements range from one to four years.  As these remaining terms diminish, the amount of the termination penalties decline.  

5)

The pension plan obligations included in the table above represent benefit payments for 2008 to 2017 under the nonqualified defined benefit plans that are unfunded.  The amounts also include 2008 estimated required pension funding requirements for our qualified plan.  We expect to have required pension funding requirements in 2009 and 2010 that are not included because we do not know the amounts at this time.

6)

The postretirement benefit obligation included in the table above represents healthcare benefit payments expected to be paid for future claims under the plan for 2008 to 2017.

We have not included our FIN 48 liability of $1.1 million for unrecognized tax benefits in the contractual obligation table because we cannot estimate the period of future cash payment, if any, for this liability.



31



Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Recently issued accounting standards and their estimated effect on our consolidated financial statements are described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 7A – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rates

We are exposed to interest rate risk arising from fluctuations in interest rates on our borrowings under our Credit Facility.  At December 30, 2007, we had $52 million borrowed against the Credit Facility.  Payment of interest on LIBOR contracts is at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin based on the sum of available unborrowed credit plus certain cash balances.  Payment of interest on base rate loans is based on the prime rate.  The weighted average interest rate, including the spread, was 6.83% at December 30, 2007.  A hypothetical 100 basis point movement in the prevailing interest rates on the $52 million of borrowings under the Credit Facility would result in a $0.5 million annualized effect on our interest expense.  

Commodity Prices

Paper is the principal raw material in the production of business forms.  Because we have historically been successful in adjusting our sales prices in response to changes in paper costs, we do not believe a 10% change in paper costs would have a material effect on our financial statements; however, an increase of 10% in paper costs, if not recovered by us, would increase cost of sales by approximately $14.9 million.



32



MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING


Management of Standard Register is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, composed solely of Directors who are independent in accordance with the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange listing standards, the Exchange Act, and the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, meets with the independent auditors, management, and the internal auditors periodically to discuss internal control over financial reporting, auditing and financial reporting matters.  The Audit Committee reviews the scope and results of the audit effort with the independent auditors.  The Audit Committee also meets periodically with the independent auditors and internal auditors without management present to ensure that the independent auditors and internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.  The Audit Committee’s Report can be found in the Company’s 2008 proxy statement.

In association with the preparation of the Company’s annual financial statements, management of the Company has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2007, based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework.  Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design and testing the operational effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Based on the assessment, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 30, 2007.

The Company’s independent auditors, Battelle & Battelle LLP, a registered public accounting firm, are appointed by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.  Battelle & Battelle have audited and reported on the Consolidated Financial Statements of The Standard Register Company and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  The reports of the independent auditors are contained in this Form 10-K.





/s/ DENNIS L. REDIKER

/s/ CRAIG J. BROWN

Dennis L. Rediker

Craig J. Brown

President and Chief Executive Officer

Senior Vice President, Treasurer and

Chief Financial Officer

March 10, 2008

March 10, 2008



33



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



Board of Directors and Shareholders

The Standard Register Company

Dayton, Ohio


We have audited The Standard Register Company and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria).  The Standard Register Company and subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.


We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.


A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or di sposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


In our opinion, The Standard Register Company and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2007, based on the COSO criteria.  


We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet as of December 30, 2007 and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for the year ended December 30, 2007 of The Standard Register Company and subsidiaries and our report dated March 10, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion.




/s/ Battelle & Battelle LLP


Dayton, Ohio

March 10, 2008





34



Item 8 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



Board of Directors and Shareholders

The Standard Register Company

Dayton, Ohio


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of The Standard Register Company and subsidiaries as of December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, cash flows, and shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 30, 2007.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of The Standard Register Company and subsidiaries as of December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 30, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes”, and effective January 2, 2006 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (R), “Share-Based Payment (Revised 2004)”. Effective for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, the Company also adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans”.  


We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of The Standard Register Company and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 10, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion.  




/s/ Battelle & Battelle LLP


Dayton, Ohio

March 10, 2008






35






THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)

    
    
    
 

December 30,

 

December 31,

A S S E T S

2007

 

2006

    

CURRENT ASSETS

   

  Cash and cash equivalents

$               697

 

$              488

  Accounts and notes receivable, net

       130,212

 

135,839

  Inventories

          45,351

 

49,189

  Deferred income taxes

          13,387

 

18,635

  Prepaid expense

            9,136

 

13,077

 Assets of discontinued operations

               -

 

795

      Total current assets

     198,783

 

218,023

    

PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

   

  Land

          2,336

 

2,354

  Buildings and improvements

        63,640

 

65,408

  Machinery and equipment

     198,664

 

210,617

  Office equipment

      158,984

 

154,722

  Construction in progress

           6,013

 

10,297

      Total

     429,637

 

443,398

    Less accumulated depreciation

      318,662

 

325,383

      Plant and equipment, net

      110,975

 

118,015

  Net assets held for sale

                -

 

1,191

      Total plant and equipment, net

     110,975

 

119,206

    

OTHER ASSETS

   

  Goodwill

         6,557

 

6,557

  Intangible assets, net

       1,304

 

             1,550

  Software development costs, net

         3,317

 

                -

  Deferred tax asset

       80,852

 

           87,709

  Other

       17,758

 

          20,033

      Total other assets

     109,788

 

         115,849

    

      Total assets

$       419,546

 

$       453,078

    

 See accompanying notes.

   




36






THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)

    
    
    
    
 

December 30,

 

December 31,

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

2007

 

2006

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

   

  Current portion of long-term debt

$                 21 

 

$             358 

  Accounts payable

32,147 

 

36,254 

  Accrued compensation

23,312 

 

28,050 

  Deferred revenue

2,404 

 

1,725 

 Other current liabilities

29,479 

 

34,109 

 Liabilities of discontinued operations

 

72 

      Total current liabilities

87,363 

 

100,568 

    

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

   

  Long-term debt

51,988 

 

41,021 

  Pension benefit obligation

133,647 

 

156,469 

  Retiree healthcare obligation

19,496 

 

20,398 

  Deferred compensation

12,010 

 

17,190 

  Other long-term liabilities

5,083 

 

782 

      Total long-term liabilities

222,224 

 

235,860 

    

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - See Note 17

   
    

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

   

  Common stock, $1.00 par value:

   

    Authorized 101,000,000 shares

   

    Issued 2007 - 25,979,167  2006 - 25,845,304

25,979 

 

25,846 

  Class A stock, $1.00 par value:

   

    Authorized - 9,450,000 shares

   

    Issued - 4,725,000

4,725 

 

4,725 

  Capital in excess of par value

60,318 

 

60,321 

  Accumulated other comprehensive losses

 (112,804)

 

 (141,302)

  Retained earnings

181,776 

 

216,761 

  Treasury stock at cost:

   

     1,976,990 and 1,949,200 shares

 (50,035)

 

 (49,701)

     Total shareholders' equity

109,959 

 

116,650 

    

     Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

$       419,546 

 

$      453,078 

    
    

See accompanying notes.

   



37






THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY

 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

      
 

52 Weeks Ended

 

52 Weeks Ended

 

52 Weeks Ended

 

December 30,

 

December 31,

 

January 1,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2006

REVENUE

     

Products

 $       791,784 

 

$          821,460 

 

 $          827,918 

Services

            73,648 

 

               72,831 

 

               62,151 

Total revenue

          865,432 

 

             894,291 

 

             890,069 

COST OF SALES

     

Products

          531,904 

 

             548,025 

 

             550,866 

Services

            45,492 

 

               39,504 

 

               37,764 

Total cost of sales

          577,396 

 

             587,529 

 

             588,630 

GROSS MARGIN

          288,036 

 

             306,762 

 

             301,439 

OPERATING EXPENSES

     

Selling, general and administrative

          263,104 

 

             263,441 

 

             244,256 

Depreciation and amortization

            26,575 

 

               28,128 

 

               33,202 

Asset impairments

               (439)

 

                 2,738 

 

                    303 

Restructuring charges

              7,996 

 

                 2,671 

 

                    998 

Total operating expenses

          297,236 

 

             296,978 

 

             278,759 

(LOSS) INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS

            (9,200)

 

                 9,784 

 

               22,680 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

     

Interest expense

            (3,763)

 

               (2,285)

 

               (2,465)

Investment and other income

                 208 

 

                    228 

 

                    499 

Total other expense

            (3,555)

 

               (2,057)

 

               (1,966)

(LOSS) INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND

    

  CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF A CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE

          (12,755)

 

                 7,727 

 

               20,714 

INCOME TAX (BENEFIT) EXPENSE  

            (5,176)

 

                 4,500 

 

               10,378 

NET (LOSS) INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE

     

  CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF A CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE

            (7,579)

 

                 3,227 

 

               10,336 

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     

Loss from discontinued operations, net of $(495), $(2,049), and $(2,325)

     

income tax benefit

               (752)

 

               (4,922)

 

               (9,487)

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, net of $355, $(2,357),

     

and $356 income tax (benefit) expense

              1,026 

 

             (10,044)

 

                    550 

NET (LOSS) INCOME BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF A

     

  CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE

            (7,305)

 

             (11,739)

 

                 1,399 

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of taxes

                      - 

 

                      78 

 

                         - 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

 $         (7,305)

 

 $          (11,661)

 

 $              1,399 

BASIC AND DILUTED (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE

     

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 $           (0.26)

 

 $                0.11 

 

 $                0.36 

Loss from discontinued operations

              (0.03)

 

                 (0.17)

 

                 (0.33)

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations

                0.04 

 

                 (0.35)

 

                   0.02 

Net (loss) income per share

 $           (0.25)

 

 $              (0.41)

 

 $                0.05 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

 $         (7,305)

 

 $          (11,661)

 

 $              1,399 

  Net actuarial gains, net of ($7,084) deferred income tax benefit

            10,754 

 

                         - 

 

                         - 

  Actuarial loss reclassification, net of ($12,999) deferred income tax benefit

            19,736 

 

                         - 

 

                         - 

  Prior service credit reclassification, net of $1,313 deferred income tax expense

            (1,992)

 

                         - 

 

                         - 

  Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of $3,760

     

     and $7,044 deferred income tax expense

                      - 

 

               (5,714)

 

             (10,933)

 Deferred cost on forward contract, net of $(7) and $(15)  

     

   deferred income tax  benefit

                      - 

 

                      16 

 

                      24 

 Cumulative translation adjustment

                      - 

 

               (2,246)

 

                      45 

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 $         21,193 

 

 $          (19,605)

 

 $            (9,465)

      

See accompanying notes.

     



38






THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY

 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 (Dollars in thousands)

 

52 Weeks Ended

 

52 Weeks Ended

 

52 Weeks Ended

 

December 30,

 

December 31,

 

January 1,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2006

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     

  Net (loss) income

 $           (7,305)

 

 $          (11,661)

 

 $            1,399 

  Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

                      - 

 

                    (78)

 

                      - 

  Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net

     

  cash provided by operating activities:

     

    Depreciation and amortization

           26,774 

 

               31,028 

 

             39,217 

    Asset impairments

                (439)

 

                 2,738 

 

                  303 

    Restructuring charges

             7,996 

 

                 1,558 

 

               2,266 

    (Gain) loss on sale of discontinued operations

            (1,330)

 

               12,402 

 

                (905)

    Pension and postretirement benefit expense

           52,990 

 

               32,195 

 

             24,176 

    Share-based compensation

               (591)

 

                 2,515 

 

               2,090 

    Deferred tax (benefit) expense  

           (6,755)

 

                      80 

 

               8,064 

    Other

             1,099 

 

                 1,750 

 

               2,472 

  Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of

     

  effects from dispositions and acquisitions:

     

      Accounts and notes receivable

             5,746 

 

             (14,612)

 

               5,224 

      Inventories

             3,748 

 

               (2,209)

 

               4,763 

      Restructuring spending

           (7,592)

 

               (3,387)

 

             (5,211)

      Accounts payable and accrued expenses

         (14,255)

 

                    127 

 

             (4,683)

      Pension and postretirement obligations

         (29,763)

 

             (31,071)

 

           (20,015)

      Deferred compensation payments

           (6,868)

 

               (1,336)

 

             (2,481)

      Other assets and liabilities

             9,662 

 

                    (92)

 

                  814 

        Net cash provided by operating activities

           33,117 

 

               19,947 

 

             57,493 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     

  Acquisition

               (750)

 

                         - 

 

                      - 

  Additions to plant and equipment

         (21,575)

 

             (22,906)

 

           (20,224)

  Proceeds from sale of plant and equipment

             2,502 

 

                    575 

 

               2,991 

  Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

             2,500 

 

                 9,148 

 

                      - 

  Proceeds from sale of equity investment

                      - 

 

                         - 

 

               1,096 

        Net cash used in investing activities

         (17,323)

 

             (13,183)

 

           (16,137)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     

  Net change in borrowings under revolving credit facility

           10,988 

 

                 7,000 

 

           (46,000)

  Principal payments on capital lease

               (358)

 

                  (611)

 

                (551)

  Proceeds from issuance of common stock

                564 

 

                    718 

 

               1,919 

  Dividends paid

         (26,484)

 

             (26,607)

 

           (26,428)

  Purchase of treasury stock

               (334)

 

                  (350)

 

                      - 

  Debt issuance costs

                      - 

 

                         - 

 

                (769)

        Net cash used in financing activities

         (15,624)

 

             (19,850)

 

           (71,829)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

                   39 

 

                    (35)

 

                    (6)

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

                209 

 

             (13,121)

 

           (30,479)

  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

                488 

 

               13,609 

 

             44,088 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

$               697 

 

 $                 488 

 

 $          13,609 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES

     

  Cash paid during the year for:

     

    Interest

$             3,665 

 

 $              2,243 

 

 $            2,764 

    Income taxes (refunded) paid

                (45)

 

                  (540)

 

                  588 

      

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

  

Note payable recorded in connection with acquisition

$             2,750 

 

 $                      - 

 

 $                   - 

Note receivable recorded in connection with sale of plant and equipment

             1,084 

 

                         - 

 

                      - 

Capital lease obligation

                     - 

 

                         - 

 

                  125 

      

See accompanying notes.

     



39






THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands)

 

52 Weeks Ended

 

52 Weeks Ended

 

52 Weeks Ended

 

December 30,

 

December 31,

 

January 1,

 

2007

 

2006

 

2006

COMMON STOCK

     

  Beginning balance

$             25,846 

 

$               26,033 

 

$               25,693 

  Reclassification of unvested shares upon

     

    adoption of SFAS 123 (R)

                        - 

 

                  (393)

 

                         - 

  Dividend reinvestment plan

                     28 

 

                      27 

 

                      26 

  Restricted stock award, net

                         - 

 

                         - 

 

                    191 

  Issuance of vested shares

                   86 

 

                    150 

 

                         - 

  Stock option exercises

                     19 

 

                      29 

 

                    123 

  Ending balance

$             25,979 

 

$               25,846 

 

$               26,033 

CLASS A STOCK

$               4,725 

 

$                 4,725 

 

$                 4,725 

CAPITAL IN EXCESS OF PAR VALUE

     

  Beginning balance

$             60,321 

 

$               60,223 

 

$               56,100 

  Reclassification of unvested shares upon

     

    adoption of SFAS 123 (R)

                         - 

 

               (2,800)

 

                         - 

  Stock option compensation expense

                   536 

 

                    373 

 

                         - 

  Compensation expense for nonvested shares

                 (881)

 

                 2,013 

 

                         - 

  Dividend reinvestment plan

                   300 

 

                    325 

 

                    352 

  Restricted stock award, net

                         - 

 

                         - 

 

                 2,370 

  Stock option exercises

                   217 

 

                    337 

 

                 1,418 

  Other

                    (89)

 

                         - 

 

                    (17)

  Issuance of vested shares

                    (86)

 

                  (150)

 

                         - 

  Ending balance

$             60,318 

 

$               60,321 

 

$               60,223 

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSSES

     

  Beginning balance

$         (141,302)

 

$           (121,561)

 

$           (110,697)

  Fair value of forward contract

                         - 

 

                      16 

 

                      24 

  Cumulative translation adjustment

                         - 

 

               (2,246)

 

                      45 

  Minimum pension liability

                         - 

 

               (5,714)

 

             (10,933)

  Change in net actuarial losses

              30,490 

 

                         - 

 

                         - 

  Change in net prior service credit

               (1,992)

 

                         - 

 

                         - 

  Adoption of SFAS 158

     

Minimum pension liability

                          - 

 

              129,505 

 

                         - 

Net actuarial loss

                          - 

 

            (157,317)

 

                          - 

Net prior service credit

                          - 

 

                16,015 

 

                         - 

  Ending balance

$         (112,804)

 

$           (141,302)

 

$           (121,561)

RETAINED EARNINGS

     

  Beginning balance as reported

$           218,278 

 

$             256,576 

 

$             281,670 

  Correction of pension obligation

               (1,517)

 

               (1,517)

 

               (1,517)

  Adoption of FIN 48

               (1,144)

 

                         - 

 

                         - 

  Beginning balance as restated

            215,617 

 

             255,059 

 

             280,153 

  Net (loss) income

               (7,305)

 

             (11,661)

 

                 1,399 

  Dividends declared ($.92  per share)

             (26,536)

 

             (26,637)

 

             (26,493)

  Ending balance

$           181,776 

 

$             216,761 

 

$             255,059 

TREASURY STOCK AT COST

     

  Beginning balance

$            (49,701)

 

$             (49,351)

 

$             (49,351)

  Treasury stock acquired

                  (334)

 

                  (350)

 

                          - 

  Ending balance

$            (50,035)

 

$             (49,701)

 

$             (49,351)

UNEARNED COMPENSATION - RESTRICTED STOCK

     

  Beginning balance

$                       - 

 

$               (3,193)

 

$               (2,735)

  Reclassification of unvested shares upon

     

    adoption of SFAS 123 (R)

                       - 

 

                  3,193 

 

                         - 

  Issuance of restricted stock, net

                       - 

 

                         - 

 

               (2,548)

  Amortization of unearned compensation

                       - 

 

                         - 

 

                 2,090 

  Ending balance

$                       - 

 

$                         - 

 

$               (3,193)

    Total shareholders' equity

$           109,959 

 

$             116,650 

 

$             171,935 

See accompanying notes.

     



40




THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)


NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Standard Register Company is a leading provider of information solutions for the healthcare, financial services, and manufacturing industries.  The Company’s products and services include the design, production, management, and distribution of printed and electronic documents; label solutions; data-capture systems; document security; fulfillment and other outsourcing services; e-business solutions; and consulting services.  The Company markets its products and services primarily through direct sales organizations operating throughout the United States.

The accounting policies that affect the more significant elements of the financial statements are summarized below.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of The Standard Register Company and its wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) after elimination of intercompany transactions, profits, and balances.  The Company’s investment in an international joint venture was included in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting.  The Company’s share of losses from the joint venture was included in investment and other income for periods ending one month prior to the Company’s fiscal period-end in order to ensure timely preparation of the consolidated financial statements.  In September 2005, the Company sold its interest in the joint venture partnership agreement for $1,096 in cash resulting in a loss of $173.

Prior Period Adjustment

During the preparation of the 2007 financial statements, the Company discovered it had made an error in prior periods related to the accounting for pension obligations.  The Company determined that it inadvertently excluded a supplemental retirement agreement from its purchase accounting for the acquisition of UARCO Incorporated on December 31, 1997 (fiscal 1998).  This error resulted in the understatement of pension liabilities by $2,516, goodwill by $1,517, and deferred tax assets by $999 in 1998.   Since goodwill related to the UARCO acquisition was determined to be fully impaired in 2000, the impairment charge for 2000 was also understated.   None of these amounts are material to the respective years.  The impact of the error also understated net periodic pension cost in subsequent years by immaterial amounts.

For financial reporting purposes, this error has been accounted for as a prior period adjustment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections”.  The Company does not believe that any of its prior period financial statements were materially misstated as a result of not recording the pension liability described above.  The Company has restated the December 31, 2006 balance sheet and the Statement of Shareholders’ Equity for 2005 and 2006 to appropriately reflect the pension liability and deferred tax asset.

The effect of the restatement on periods prior to 2005 has been recorded as an adjustment of $1,517 to beginning retained earnings.  Since the increase in net periodic pension cost of $145 for 2005 and $135 for 2006 was not material, the additional expense, including the deferred tax impact, is included in the Consolidated Statement of Income for 2007.  

Fiscal Year

The Company’s fiscal year is the 52- or 53-week period ending the Sunday nearest to December 31.  Fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005 ended on December 30, 2007, December 31, 2006, and January 1, 2006, respectively, and each included 52 weeks.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  The accounting estimates and assumptions that place the most significant demands on management’s judgment include, but are not limited to: pension and postretirement healthcare benefit plan assumptions; fair value measurements; deferred taxes; inventories; share-based compensation; and contingent liabilities.  These estimates and assumptions are based on information presently available and actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less are classified as cash equivalents.  The carrying value of cash equivalents approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.  



41



Accounts and Notes Receivable

Trade receivables are uncollateralized customer obligations due under normal trade terms requiring payment generally within 30 days from the invoice date.  The Company’s estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts for trade receivables is primarily determined based upon the length of time that the receivables are past due.  In addition, management estimates are used to determine probable losses based upon an analysis of prior collection experience, specific account risks, and economic conditions.

The Company has a series of actions that occur based upon the aging of past-due trade receivables, including letters, statements, and direct customer contact.  Accounts are deemed uncollectible based on past account experience and current account financial condition.  

Notes receivable are stated at the principal amount with interest accrued where applicable.  An allowance for uncollectible notes receivable is recorded based upon management’s determination of probable losses based upon an analysis of prior collection experience, specific account risks, and economic conditions.  

Bad debt expense was $419, $529, and $379 in 2007, 2006, and 2005.  

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.  A significant portion of inventory costs is determined by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method.  The use of the LIFO method results in a better matching of current costs with current revenues.  Under the LIFO method, the cost assigned to items sold is based on the cost of the most recent items purchased.  As a result, the costs of the first items purchased remain in inventory and are used to value ending inventory.   The Company subcontracts, stores, and later distributes finished products to fulfill certain customer orders.  Such subcontracted inventories are recorded at cost on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.  

Long-Lived Assets

Plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Costs of normal maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred.  Upon the disposition of assets, their cost and related depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and the resulting gain or loss is included in current income.

Plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of assets may not be recoverable.  The Company then evaluates recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to undiscounted expected future cash flows to be generated by the assets.  If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment amount is calculated using a fair-value-based test that compares the fair value of the asset to its carrying value.  Fair values are typically calculated using discounted expected future cash flows, using a risk-adjusted discount rate.  Assets held for sale, if any, are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

Depreciation

For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets.  Depreciation expense was $26,263, $27,926, and $33,067 in 2007, 2006, and 2005.  Estimated useful lives range from 5-40 years for buildings and improvements; 5-15 years for machinery and equipment; and 3-15 years for office furniture and equipment.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the value of net assets of businesses acquired and is not amortized.  Intangible assets with determinable lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life.  Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are evaluated for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise, using a fair-value-based test that compares the fair value of the asset to its carrying value.  Fair values are typically calculated using discounted expected future cash flows, using a risk-adjusted discount rate.  

Software Development Costs

Costs incurred to develop computer software products and significant enhancements to software features of existing products to be sold or otherwise marketed are capitalized after technological feasibility is established.  Amortization of capitalized software development costs begins when the product is available for general release.  Amortization is provided on the straight-line method over five years, which is the estimated product life of the related software.  Amortization expense, included in depreciation and amortization, was $175 for 2007.  The carrying value of software development costs is regularly reviewed for recoverability and a loss is recognized when the carrying value of the asset exceeds the value of the undiscounted expected future cash flows to be generated by the asset.

Costs incurred during the application development stage and implementation stage in developing, purchasing, or otherwise acquiring software for internal use and website development costs are capitalized and amortized over a period of five years.  



42



Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred.  The carrying value of capitalized internal use software is included in Plant and Equipment in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and totaled $20,254 at December 30, 2007 and $18,113 at December 31, 2006.  These amounts are related to production, invoicing, and warehousing systems; customer interface portals and account management tools; and system management, security and desktop applications.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No.101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements”, as amended by SAB No. 104, “Revenue Recognition”, when all of the following criteria are met:

·

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists

·

Delivery has occurred or services have been performed

·

The fee is fixed or determinable, and

·

Collectibility is reasonably assured.

Product Revenue

Revenue is generally recognized when products are shipped to the customer, title and risks of ownership have passed to the customer, and all significant obligations have been satisfied.  Under contractual arrangements with certain customers, the Company prints and stores custom forms for future delivery.  Such products are stored in the Company’s warehouses and remain in the Company’s inventory.  Under these arrangements, title and risk of ownership remain with the Company until the product is shipped to the customer.  At that time, the customer is invoiced and product revenue is recognized.  Because the majority of products are customized, product returns are not significant.


Service Revenue

Service revenue primarily includes distribution services, design services, professional services, software postcontract support, consulting, sourcing services, and membership fees.  The Company generally recognizes service revenue as the services are performed.   


Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables

When a customer arrangement involves multiple deliverables, the Company evaluates all deliverables to determine whether they represent separate units of accounting based on the following criteria:  

·

Whether the delivered item has value to the customer on a standalone basis;

·

Whether objective and reliable evidence exists for the fair value of the undelivered item; and

·

If the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, whether delivery or performance of the undelivered item is considered probable and is substantially in the Company’s control.

If objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for all units of accounting in the arrangement, revenue is allocated to each unit of accounting based on relative fair values.  Where objective and reliable evidence exists as to the fair value for all undelivered items, but not for the delivered items, the residual method is used to allocate the consideration.  Under the residual method, the amount of revenue allocated to the delivered items equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of any undelivered items.  Each unit of accounting is then accounted for under the applicable revenue recognition guidance.   

The determination of whether deliverables within a multiple element arrangement can be treated separately for revenue recognition purposes involves significant estimates and judgment, such as whether fair value can be established on undelivered obligations and/or whether delivered items have standalone value to the customer.  Changes to the Company’s assessment of the accounting units in a multiple deliverable arrangement and/or the ability to establish fair values could change the timing of revenue recognition.

Software - The Company recognizes software revenue in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Statement of Position No. 97-2 (SOP 97-2), “Software Revenue Recognition,” and Statement of Position No. 98-9 (SOP 98-9), “Modification of SOP 97-2 with Respect to Certain Transactions.”   The Company generates revenue from licensing the rights to software products to end-users.  These licenses are sold as perpetual licenses.  Product revenue from software license agreements is recognized upon receipt of a signed license agreement, or an amendment



43



under an existing license agreement, and delivery of the software; there is no significant modification or customization of the software required and no significant remaining obligations; the fee is fixed and determinable; and collection of the receivable is probable.  

The Company also licenses its software in combination with professional services and ongoing maintenance and post-contract customer support (PCS) which includes telephone assistance, software problem corrections, and the right to unspecified upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis.  Under these multiple deliverable arrangements, revenue is allocated to the separate elements based on objective and reliable evidence, specific to the Company, of the fair value of each element in the arrangement.  Fair value for the software license is based upon the price charged to customers when the software is sold on a standalone basis and is recognized as product revenue when revenue recognition criteria are met.   Fair value for ongoing PCS is based upon established renewal rates and the related service revenue is deferred and subsequently recognized ratably over the term of the support agreement.  Fair value for professional services associated wi th licensing the software, such as training, software installation, building simple interfaces, and consulting services such as implementation support, forms design and system configuration, is based upon rates charged to customers when these services are sold in separate transactions.  Revenue for these professional services is recognized either on the completed contract method or when specific milestones are reached.

Product Revenue with Distribution Services - For multiple deliverable arrangements that do not involve licensing, selling, leasing, or otherwise marketing of software, the Company applies the guidance under Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.”  

For customers who want a just-in-time delivery service of long-run, custom-printed documents, the Company provides distribution services that deliver the product at specified times, locations, and quantities requested by the customer.  The distribution services incorporate warehousing storage and custom delivery options.  In addition to the product revenue, the Company receives a distribution service fee for the services it provides. Under these contractual arrangements, at the customer’s request the Company prints and stores custom forms for the customer’s specified future delivery.   Such products are stored in the Company’s warehouses and are not used to fill other customers’ orders.   For these products, manufacturing is complete, the finished product is not included in the Company’s inventory, and title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer.  In these transactions, the customer is invo iced under normal billing and credit terms and revenue is recognized when the product is placed in the warehouse for storage.

If requested by the customer, the distribution service fee is invoiced separately and recognized as distribution service revenue.  However, in many arrangements, the fee is combined, or bundled, into the price of the product.  The Company previously accounted for these bundled transactions as one unit of accounting, and revenue from both the sale of the product and distribution services were combined and recognized as product revenue when the product was placed in storage.

In 2007, the Company revised its revenue recognition policy for these bundled transactions having concluded that the criteria under EITF 00-21 to separate the product and service elements were met.  Fair value for the distribution services is based on price lists and custom quoting templates used to establish a customer profile that determines the amount of distribution services revenue (stated as a % of the total consideration) that is allocated to all orders for a particular customer. Revenue from distribution services under these arrangements is now deferred and recognized proportionally when the product is shipped from the warehouse to the customer.  The effect of this change on prior periods was not material.  

Since the product is primarily custom-printed documents, there is not sufficient objective and reliable evidence of fair value and the amount of revenue allocated to the product is determined using the residual method.  Under this method, the product revenue equals the total amount of consideration received for the arrangement less the revenue allocated to the distribution services and continues to be recognized when the product is placed in storage.

The change in revenue recognition policy also affects the classification of revenue between product revenue and service revenue.  As a result of this change, product revenue increased by and service revenue decreased by $2,986 and $3,651 for 2006 and 2005.

Shipping and Handling Fees

Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are recorded as revenue, and shipping and handling costs paid to vendors are recorded as cost of sales.



44



Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method.  Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of liabilities and assets, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  

Sales Taxes

Under Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 06-03, the Company is permitted to record taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities on either a gross basis (included in revenues and costs) or a net basis (excluded from revenues).  The Company classifies sales taxes on a net basis in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding and common equivalent shares from stock options and nonvested shares using the treasury method, except when anti-dilutive.  

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) includes any revenues, expenses, gains and losses that, under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, are excluded from net income and recognized directly as a component of shareholders’ equity.  Components of accumulated comprehensive income (loss), net of deferred taxes, include the following:


 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Minimum pension liability

$                 - 

 

 $                 - 

 

 $    (123,791)

Net actuarial losses

    (126,827)

 

       (157,317)

 

                    - 

Net prior service credit

        14,023 

 

          16,015 

 

                    - 

Fair value of forward contract

                   - 

 

                    - 

 

                (16)

Foreign currency translation

                   - 

 

                    - 

 

            2,246 

Total

 $ (112,804)

 

 $    (141,302)

 

 $    (121,561)


Research and Development

Research and development costs relate to the development of new products and to the improvement of existing products and services and are charged to expense as incurred.  These efforts are entirely company sponsored.  Total research and development costs were $4,877, $4,185, and $3,951in 2007, 2006, and 2005.

Advertising

The Company expenses costs of advertising as incurred.

Reclassifications

Certain prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current-year presentation.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), "Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.”  FIN 48 requires that the financial statement effects of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return to be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination.  The cumulative effect of applying FIN 48 was $1,144 and was recorded as an adjustment to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.     

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No.141(R), “Business Combinations,” and SFAS No. 160, “Accounting and Reporting of Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements.”   Both standards are required to be adopted concurrently and are effective for the Company for business transactions for which the acquisition date is on or after December 29, 2008.  These new standards will significantly change the financial accounting and reporting of business combination transactions and noncontrolling (or minority) interests in consolidated financial statements.  The Company is currently assessing the effect of implementing these standards, which will be dependent upon the nature and extent of future business combination transactions entered into.   



45



SFAS No. 141(R), among other things, requires companies to recognize, with certain exceptions, all of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interests in acquisitions of less than a 100 percent controlling interest at their acquisition-date fair value; recognize contingent consideration at the acquisition-date fair value, with subsequent changes in fair value recorded in earnings; recognize preacquisition loss and gain contingencies at their acquisition-date fair values; capitalize in-process research and development acquired at fair value; expense, as incurred, acquisition-related transaction costs; generally expense acquisition-related restructuring costs; and recognize changes in existing income tax valuation allowances and tax uncertainty accruals that result from a business combination transaction as adjustments to income tax expense.

SFAS No. 160 establishes new accounting and reporting requirements for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary.  The new standard requires that a noncontrolling interest in a consolidated subsidiary be recorded as a separate component of equity.  Gains or losses are not recognized on sales; they are recorded as increases or decreases to paid-in-capital, unless there is a loss of control.

In March 2007, the FASB ratified EITF No. 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards.”  EITF 06-11 requires companies to recognize the income tax benefit realized from dividends or dividend equivalents that are charged to retained earnings and paid to employees for nonvested equity-classified employee share-based awards as an increase to additional paid-in capital instead of a credit to income tax expense.  The amount recognized in additional paid-in capital will be available to absorb potential future tax deficiencies on share-based payment awards.  EITF 06-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and therefore is effective for the Company in fiscal year 2008.  The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” which permits companies to voluntarily choose, at specified election dates, to measure specified financial instruments and other items at fair value on a contract-by-contract basis.  Subsequent changes in fair value will be required to be reported in earnings each reporting period.  The objective of this election, called the “fair value option,” is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the means to reduce the volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently, without using the complex hedge-accounting requirements of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”    SFAS No. 159 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and therefore is effecti ve for the Company in fiscal year 2008.  The Company is currently assessing the effect of implementing this standard, which will be dependent upon the nature and extent of eligible items elected to be measured at fair value at the time of adoption.   

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which applies under most current accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements.  SFAS No. 157 provides a common definition of fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in a transaction between market participants.  The new standard also provides guidance on the methods used to measure fair value and requires expanded disclosures related to fair value measurements.  SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and therefore is effective for the Company in fiscal year 2008.  In February 2008, the FASB delayed the effective date one year for nonfinancial assets and liabilities not currently recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually).  Examples of nonfinancial assets and liabiliti es to which the deferral would apply for the Company include (i) those acquired in a business combination and (ii) goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets, and long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment testing.

The Company does not have any financial instruments that would require a cumulative-effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings upon adoption.  The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on its consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.   

NOTE 2 –ACQUISITION AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Acquisition


On October 10, 2007, the Company purchased selected assets from Network Printing Solutions, Inc. (NPS), a software development company, for $750 in cash and $2,750 in the form of a note payable.  The note is payable, with interest, in payments of $500, $1,000, and $1,250 due in October 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively.  In conjunction with the acquisition, the Company entered into a development agreement with NPS for support services such as software development and technical support for which the Company pays a monthly fixed fee.  If the development agreement is terminated by NPS without cause or by the Company upon default by NPS, any outstanding amounts of the note payable will no longer be payable.  If the development agreement is terminated by the Company without cause or by NPS due to a default by the Company, the payment of any outstanding amounts of the note payable will be accelerated and immediately payable.



46



The purchase price was allocated based on the estimated fair value of the assets acquired; $3,250 was assigned to capitalized software development costs and $250 was assigned to a non-compete agreement.  The software development costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis over five years.  The non-compete agreement, an intangible asset, is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement which is four years.


Discontinued Operations

On April 21, 2007, the Company sold selected assets of its digital writing business, including inventory, equipment, and prepaid assets, to EXPED LLC, for $2,500 in cash and the assumption of certain liabilities.   The transaction resulted in a net gain of $801.     

On June 5, 2006, the Company sold 100% of the outstanding capital stock of InSystems Corporation (InSystems) to Whitehill Technologies, Inc., for approximately $8,500 in cash, plus the return of certain cash deposits.   The transaction resulted in a net loss of $10,111 which included a charge of $1,974 for contractual obligations to Whitehill Technologies, Inc. related to the leased facility.   In conjunction with the recording of the contractual obligation, the Company reversed to discontinued operations, a restructuring liability of $1,113 for lease termination costs from previous restructuring actions. Restructuring expense (credit) included in discontinued operations was ($1,113) for 2006 and $1,269 for 2005.  In 2007, the Company recorded adjustments that reduced the InSystems loss on sale by $208.     

The Digital Solutions and InSystems businesses were sold because they no longer fit with the Company’s strategic direction.  The sale of Digital Solutions and InSystems, both reportable segments, met the criteria to be accounted for as discontinued operations under SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.”  The results of operations for Digital Solutions and InSystems have been excluded from continuing operations in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.  Revenue for Digital Solutions included in discontinued operations was $511, $613, and $671 for 2007, 2006, and 2005.  Revenue for InSystems included in discontinued operations was $4,897 and $11,175 for 2006 and 2005.  Cash flows related to discontinued operations are not separately d isclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.  No interest expense was allocated to discontinued operations.

In 2007, 2006, and 2005, the Company also made adjustments of $17, $67, and $550 to the related reserves from the sale of its Equipment Service business in 2004.

NOTE 3 – RESTRUCTURING, ASSET IMPAIRMENT, AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

Restructuring

All costs related to restructuring actions are included in restructuring charges in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.  At the end of 2007, all of the Company’s restructuring actions were completed.  Pre-tax components of restructuring charges consist of the following:


 

  

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2007 Restructuring Actions

        

Severance and employer related costs

  

 $           4,669

 

 $                     -

 

$                    - 

 

Associated costs

  

               3,327

 

                        -

 

                      - 

 

      Total 2007

  

               7,996

 

                        -

 

                      - 

 

2006 Restructuring Actions

        

Severance and employer related costs

  

                        -

 

                   731

 

                      - 

 

Associated costs

  

                        -

 

                1,417

 

                      - 

 

      Total 2006

  

                        -

 

                2,148

 

                      - 

 

2005-2001 Restructuring Actions

        

Severance and employer related costs

  

                        -

 

                     74

 

               (342)

 

Contract exit and termination costs

  

                        -

 

                   434

 

              1,337 

 

Associated costs

  

                        -

 

                     15

 

                     3 

 

      Total 2005-2001

  

                        -

 

                   523

 

                 998 

 

Total restructuring charges

  

 $           7,996

 

 $             2,671

 

$                998 

 




47



2007 Restructuring

In 2007, the Company initiated restructuring actions as part of an overall plan to reduce its annual operating costs.  The Company ceased production and closed its facility in Middlebury, Vermont.  Equipment and production was transferred to three other existing plants.  The Company recorded $5,134 of restructuring costs in the Document Management segment related to the closing of the Middlebury plant;  $1,807 for employer related costs and $3,327 of other associated exit costs, primarily for equipment removal and relocation, employee relocation, and inventory write-offs.  

The Company also eliminated approximately 250 positions, primarily in management and overhead, representing $22,000 annually in compensation and related costs.  Total restructuring costs were $2,862 for severance and employer related costs.  

Pre-tax components of 2007 restructuring charges consist of the following:

  

Total Costs

 

Total

  

Expected

 

2007

  

to be

 

Restructuring

 

 

Incurred

 

Expense

Severance and employer related costs

 

 $               4,669

 

 $                 4,669

Associated costs

 

                  3,327

 

                    3,327

Total

 

 $               7,996

 

 $                 7,996

     

BY SEGMENT:

    

Document Management

 

 $               6,303

 

 $                 6,303

Label Solutions

 

                       89

 

                         89

POD Services

 

                     357

 

                       357

Corporate

 

                  1,247

 

                    1,247

Total

 

 $               7,996

 

 $                 7,996


A summary of the 2007 restructuring accrual activity is as follows:


 

Charged to

 

Incurred

 

Balance

 

Accrual

 

in 2007

 

2007

Severance and employer related costs

 $        4,380

 

 $   (3,976)

 

 $    404

      Total

 $        4,380

 

 $   (3,976)

 

 $    404

2006 Restructuring

Within the Label Solutions segment, the Company closed its Terre Haute, Indiana label production plant.  The plant’s production capacity was transferred to three other existing plants to improve overall efficiency and lower operating costs. Total costs incurred included $731 for severance and employer related costs and $1,417 for other directly associated costs, primarily equipment removal and relocation.

2005 - 2001 Restructuring

In 2005, the Company closed one printing center within the Print On Demand (POD) Services segment, moving production to other facilities and outsourcing envelope production. The Company also closed a warehouse in the Document Management segment.  Total costs incurred for these actions, primarily severance and employer related costs, totaled $80 in 2006 and $385 in 2005.  

The remaining restructuring expense in 2006 and 2005 was related to vacated facilities from prior restructurings that the Company was unable to sublease.  The expense in 2005 was offset by a reversal of $811 for lower than expected severance and healthcare benefits for certain associates, primarily due to the reversal of an accrual established for severance related to its outsourcing of information technology operations in 2004.  The Company had agreed to pay severance to associates whose positions were subsequently eliminated, and the number of positions eliminated was less than expected.  



48



Asset Impairment and Net Assets Held for Sale

During 2005, the Company recorded $303 of asset impairments, primarily for software that was replaced during the year.  

In conjunction with the closing of the Terre Haute plant, in 2006 the Company recorded $1,474 of asset impairments, primarily related to equipment.  The carrying value of the Terre Haute building and equipment was adjusted to its fair value less costs to sell, considering recent sales of similar properties and real estate valuations.  Other equipment was determined to have no fair value and was disposed.   At December 31, 2006, the Terre Haute building was classified as held for sale and subsequently sold in January 2007 at a small gain.

At the end of 2006, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that a Document Management plant would be closed which caused the Company to perform an impairment test on the long-lived assets.  This resulted in the Company recording an asset impairment charge of $1,237 to adjust the carrying values of building and equipment assets to their fair value less costs to sell, considering the most recent information available including recent sales of similar properties.  Other equipment was determined to have no fair value and was disposed.  In addition, Document Management recorded $27 for other equipment impairments.

In 2007, the Company closed Document Management’s Middlebury plant.  The market was stronger than expected, and the Company received several offers in 2007 for the purchase of the building that were higher than originally anticipated.   As a result, in 2007, the Company reversed the $409 impairment charge recorded in 2006 associated with the building.   In July 2007, the Middlebury facility was sold at a gain of approximately $900.  The Company also reversed $342 of the impairment charge recorded in 2006 related to the sale and disposal of equipment.  The Company transferred more equipment to other existing plants than originally expected.   An additional $312 of impairment charges were recorded for other equipment, primarily in the Document Management segment.  

All impairment charges are included in Asset Impairments in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

NOTE 4 – ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE

Accounts and notes receivable consist of the following:

  

December 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

Current:

    

Trade receivables

 

 $       125,369 

 

$          133,530

Less allowance for uncollectible receivables

 

            (1,844)

 

             (2,135)

Net trade receivables

 

           123,525 

 

           131,395 

Notes receivable

 

                 165 

 

                   58 

Less allowance for uncollectible receivables

 

                 (29)

 

                  (29)

Net notes receivable

 

                 136 

 

                   29 

Other receivables

 

               6,551 

 

               4,415 

Total current receivables

 

 $       130,212 

 

$         135,839 

Long-term:

    

Notes receivable

 

 $            4,046 

 

$             3,067 

Less allowance for uncollectible receivables

 

            (2,987)

 

             (3,008)

Total long-term notes receivable

 

 $            1,059 

 

$                  59 


NOTE 5 – INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following:

 

December 30,

 

December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

Finished products

 $            38,197

 

 $              41,686

Jobs in process

                  3,181

 

                   3,216

Materials and supplies

                  3,973

 

                   4,287

    Total

 $            45,351

 

 $              49,189



49



A significant portion of inventory costs is determined by the LIFO method. Included in finished products is inventory the Company subcontracts, stores, and later distributes to fulfill certain customer orders.  This inventory is recorded at cost on a FIFO basis and is excluded from the Company’s LIFO calculation.  At December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the amount of inventory excluded was $24,137 and $27,381, respectively.

If the FIFO method had been used to value all inventory, total inventory amounts would have been $33,915 higher at December 30, 2007 and $34,916 higher at December 31, 2006.  

During 2007 and 2006, inventory quantities declined resulting in liquidations of LIFO inventory layers carried at lower costs prevailing in prior years compared with the cost of current year purchases.  The effect of the liquidation decreased cost of sales by $1,702 and $1,467 in 2007 and 2006, respectively, and increased net income from continuing operations by $1,026, or $.04 per share, in 2007 and $885, or $0.03 per share in 2006.

NOTE 6 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated to the POD Services segment.  During the second quarters of 2007 and 2006, the Company performed the annual impairment test for goodwill which did not result in any impairment.

Identifiable intangible assets consist of the following:

  

December 30, 2007

 

December 31, 2006

  

Gross

   

Gross

  
  

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Amortization

Intangible Assets with Determinable Lives

      

Patents

 

 $            650

 

 $           (580)

 

 $              650

 

 $            (534)

Customer contracts

 

               303

 

              (303)

 

                 303

 

               (303)

Software rights

 

                     -

 

                     - 

 

                 500

 

                 (66)

Non-compete agreement

 

               250

 

                (16)

 

                     -

 

                      - 

  

            1,203

 

              (899)

 

              1,453

 

               (903)

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives

        

Trademark

 

            1,000

 

                     -

 

              1,000

 

                      - 

  

            1,000

 

                     -

 

              1,000

 

                      - 

      Total

 

 $        2,203

 

 $           (899)

 

 $           2,453

 

 $            (903)


Amortization expense for intangible assets was $137, $202, and $135 for 2007, 2006, and 2005.  Future estimated amortization expense is as follows: 2008-$109; 2009-$86; 2010-$62; and 2011-$47.  

NOTE 7 – OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

  

December 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

Non-income taxes

 

 $            5,158

 

 $              7,062

Dividends payable

 

                6,714

 

                 6,663

Current portion of pension and postretirement obligations

 

                3,636

 

                 3,954

Other current liabilities

 

             13,971

 

               16,430

   Total

 

 $          29,479

 

 $            34,109



50



NOTE 8 – LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

  

December 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

2007

 

2006

Revolving credit facility

 

 $         51,988

 

 $          41,000

Capital lease obligation

 

                     21

 

                  379

Total

 

             52,009

 

             41,379

Less current portion

 

                     21

 

                  358

Long-term portion

 

 $         51,988

 

 $          41,021

The Company has a $100,000 five-year senior secured revolving credit facility (the Credit Facility) with seven banks that matures in May 2010.  The Credit Facility is secured by accounts receivable, inventories, and certain other assets of the Company.  The Credit Facility contains a fixed charge coverage covenant test that becomes applicable if the sum of available unborrowed credit plus certain cash balances falls below $10,000.

The Credit Facility provides for the payment of interest on amounts borrowed under London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) contracts and base rate loans.  Payment of interest on LIBOR contracts is at an annual rate equal to the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin based on the sum of available unborrowed credit plus certain cash balances.  Payment of interest on base rate loans is based on the prime rate.  The weighted average interest rate, including the spread, was 6.83% at December 30, 2007, and 6.88% at December 31, 2006.  The Company is also required to pay a fee on the unused portion of the Credit Facility.  As of December 31, 2007, such fee is payable at an annual rate of 37.5 basis points.  

The carrying amount of the Company’s debt approximates fair value as the interest rates are generally variable based on market interest rates and reflect current market rates available to the Company.

NOTE 9 – INCOME TAXES

The (benefit) provision for income taxes consists of the following:

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Current:

     

Federal

 $           1,200 

 

 $            (100)

 

 $           (139)

State and local

                239 

 

                  62 

 

                175 

 

             1,439 

 

                 (38)

 

                  36 

Deferred

             (6,615)

 

             4,538 

 

           10,342 

   Total

 $          (5,176)

 

 $          4,500 

 

 $        10,378 


The significant components of the deferred tax (benefit) expense consist of the following:

      

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Depreciation

 $           (3,053)

 

 $           (3,616)

 

 $         (5,221)

Goodwill and intangible assets

1,657 

 

18,488 

 

1,914 

Restructuring

(161)

 

239 

 

1,097 

Pension

            (17,971)

 

                5,836 

 

            (1,674)

State and local net operating loss carryforward

                   655 

 

                     44 

 

              2,135 

Federal tax credit

                  (333)

 

                       - 

 

                      - 

Compensation and benefits

                4,294 

 

              (2,562)

 

            (1,063)

Accounts and notes receivable

                   124 

 

                     79 

 

                 469 

Retiree healthcare benefits

                1,230 

 

                1,096 

 

              1,539 

Federal net operating loss carryforward

                5,696 

 

            (13,186)

 

            11,275 

Other

                1,247 

 

              (1,880)

 

               (129)

   Total

 $           (6,615)

 

 $             4,538 

 

 $         10,342 



51



The components of the current net deferred tax asset and long-term net deferred tax asset consist of the following:

 

December 30,

 

December 31,

 

2007

 

2006

Deferred tax asset:

   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 $                  732 

 

 $                   848 

Inventories

                  1,062 

 

                   1,142 

Compensation and benefits

                  8,911 

 

                 13,147 

Other

                  2,682 

 

                   3,498 

          Total current asset

 $            13,387 

 

 $              18,635 

Deferred tax asset (liability):

   

Depreciation

 $          (14,128)

 

 $            (17,194)

Notes receivable

                  1,198 

 

                   1,206 

Goodwill and intangible assets

                  8,221 

 

                   9,878 

Pension

               44,312 

 

                 45,111 

Retiree healthcare benefits

               14,870 

 

                 16,100 

Capital loss carryforwards

               15,632 

 

                 15,632 

Federal net operating loss carryforward

               19,293 

 

                 25,150 

State and local net operating loss carryforward

                  1,444 

 

                   2,099 

Federal tax credit

                  2,135 

 

                   1,802 

Other

                  3,507 

 

                   3,557 

Total long-term tax asset

               96,484 

 

               103,341 

Less: valuation allowance

              (15,632)

 

               (15,632)

          Net long-term asset

 $            80,852 

 

 $              87,709 

              Net deferred tax asset

 $            94,239 

 

 $            106,344 


The Company reviews the potential future tax benefits of all deferred tax assets on an ongoing basis.  The Company’s review includes consideration of historical and projected future operating results, reversals of existing deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies, and the eligible carryforward period of each deferred tax asset to determine whether a valuation allowance is appropriate.  

At December 30, 2007, the Company has unused U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $55,121 and $28,060, respectively, generally expiring from 2023 through 2026.  The Company has not placed a valuation allowance as it does not expect these operating losses to expire unused.  

The Company has a U.S. capital loss carryforward of $4,023 of which $3,576 expires in 2008 and $447 expires in 2010.  A full valuation allowance has been provided on the tax benefit associated with this carryforward as it is more likely than not that this carryforward will not be utilized before the expiration period.

The Company has a Canadian capital loss carryforward of $80,194 that has an indefinite life.  A full valuation allowance has been provided for the tax benefit associated with the capital loss as it is more likely than not that the capital loss will not be utilized.  



52



The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate follows:

 

2007    

 

2006   

 

2005   

Statutory federal income tax rate

35.0%  

 

35.0% 

 

35.0%

State and local income taxes

 4.7      

 

 4.7      

 

 4.2      

Charitable contributions expiration

-          

 

 6.6      

 

-      

Capital loss valuation allowance

-          

 

 5.6      

 

-      

State rate changes

 (0.9)     

 

 1.0      

 

 11.2      

Permanent and other items

 1.8      

 

 5.3      

 

 (.3)     

Effective tax rate

40.6%  

 

58.2% 

 

50.1%


Ohio corporate tax legislation enacted on June 30, 2005, phased out the Ohio Corporate Franchise Tax and phased in a new gross receipts tax called the Commercial Activity Tax.  The Corporate Franchise Tax was generally based on federal taxable income, but the Commercial Activity Tax is based on current year sales in Ohio.  The effect of this change increased income tax expense by $2,337 in 2005 to reduce the deferred tax assets established for net operating loss benefits in Ohio that are not expected to be realized, and other deferred tax assets primarily related to employee benefit plans.  

The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007.  As a result, the Company recorded a liability of $1,144 for unrecognized tax benefits, including accrued interest, which was accounted for as a reduction to the beginning balance of retained earnings.  The total amount represents unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate of a future period or periods.  There was no significant change to the amount of unrecognized tax benefits in 2007.  The balance was $1,144 at December 30, 2007.  The Company does not anticipate any material change in the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to occur within the next twelve months.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and Canadian jurisdictions.  The Company has substantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 1997.  With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to state, and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2003.

The Company’s continuing policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in tax expense.  The amount of interest and penalty expense recorded in 2007, 2006, and 2005 was immaterial.  

The Company reviews the potential future tax benefits of all deferred tax assets on an ongoing basis.  The Company’s review includes consideration of historical and projected future operating results, reversals of existing deferred tax liabilities, tax planning strategies, and the eligible carryforward period of each deferred tax asset to determine whether a valuation allowance is appropriate.

NOTE 10 – CAPITAL STRUCTURE

The Company has two classes of capital stock issued and outstanding, Common and Class A.  These are equal in all respects except voting rights and restrictions on ownership of Class A stock.  Each share of Common outstanding has one vote, while each outstanding share of Class A is entitled to five votes.  Class A stock is convertible into Common stock on a share-for-share basis at which time ownership restrictions are eliminated.  



53



NOTE 11 – EARNINGS PER SHARE

The number of shares outstanding for calculation of earnings per share (EPS) is as follows:


(Shares in thousands)

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic

28,684

 

28,543

 

28,738

Effect of potentially dilutive securities

                  -

 

                36

 

                28

Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted

       28,684

 

         28,579

 

         28,766

The effects of stock options and nonvested shares on diluted EPS are reflected through the application of the treasury stock method.  Outstanding options to purchase approximately 2,161,168 and 2,237,267 shares were not included in the computation of diluted EPS for 2006 and 2005 because the exercise price of the options were greater than the average market price of the shares at the end of the period; therefore, the effect would be anti-dilutive.  Due to the net loss from continuing operations incurred in 2007, no outstanding options or nonvested shares were included in the diluted EPS computation because they would automatically result in anti-dilution.

NOTE 12 – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has one plan under which share-based awards may currently be granted to officers and key employees.  The 2002 Equity Incentive Plan (2002 Plan) provides for the granting of a maximum of 3,500,000 shares.  The 2002 Plan permits the grant of incentive or nonqualified stock options, restricted stock grants, and stock appreciation rights.  A committee of the Board of Directors (Committee) administers the 2002 Plan.  The Committee has the authority to determine the employees to whom awards will be made, the amount of the awards, and the other terms and conditions of the awards.  Non-employee directors are also eligible to receive stock incentives under the 2002 Plan.  

Stock options granted under the 2002 Plan and a previous plan have terms that range from five to ten years and the exercise price per share may not be less than the fair market value on the grant date.  The options vest over periods determined when granted, generally four years, and are exercisable until the term expires.  

Under the 2002 Plan, shares subject to restricted stock award may be issued when the award is granted or at a later date, with or without dividend rights.  The stock awards are subject to terms determined by the Committee, and may include specified performance objectives.    

Total share-based compensation expense by type of award is as follows:


 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

      

Stock awards, service-based

 $         810 

 

 $        1,154

 

 $        1,398

Stock awards, performance-based

        (1,486)

 

              988

 

              692

Stock options

             536 

 

              373

 

                  -

Total share-based compensation expense

           (140)

 

           2,515

 

           2,090

Tax effect on share-based compensation expense

             (56)

 

              999

 

              819

Net share based compensation expense

 $          (84)

 

 $        1,516

 

 $        1,271

Amount included in continuing operations

 $        (308)

 

 $        1,255

 

 $        1,103

Amount included in discontinued operations

224 

 

              261

 

              168

Total

 $          (84)

 

 $        1,516

 

 $        1,271

Stock Options

The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted in 2007, 2006, and 2005, was estimated at $2.51, $3.26, and $2.19 per share, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model based on the following assumptions:  

Expected Term:  The Company’s expected term represents the period that the Company’s share-based awards are expected to be outstanding and is determined based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the share-based awards and vesting schedules.

Expected Volatility:  The fair value of share-based payments were valued using the Black-Scholes Model with a volatility factor based on the Company’s historical stock prices for a period of time equal to the expected term of the award.

Expected Dividend:  The Black-Scholes Model requires a single expected dividend yield as an input.  The Company calculates an expected dividend yield based on the quarter-end stock price and dividends paid per share.



54



Risk-Free Interest Rate:  The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes Model on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to the expected remaining term of the options being valued.

Estimated Pre-vesting Forfeitures:  When estimating forfeitures, the Company considers historical rates of forfeitures adjusted for known anomalies such as restructuring actions taken in the past by the Company.

The weighted-average of significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted is as follows:


 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Risk-free interest rate

4.3%

 

4.6%

 

3.8%

Dividend yield

7.0%

 

6.1%

 

6.9%

Expected life

 4 years

 

 4 years

 

5 years

Expected volatility

37.6%

 

34.2%

 

33.5%


A summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information for 2007 is as follows:


 

Number

 

Weighted-

 

of

 

Average

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

      2,339,930 

 

 $        19.60

Granted

         400,700 

 

            13.06

Exercised

          (18,875)

 

            12.51

Forfeited/Canceled

       (459,086)

 

            21.72

Outstanding at December 30, 2007

      2,262,669 

 

 $        18.08

Exercisable at December 30, 2007

      1,585,792 

 

 $        19.78

The total intrinsic value of options exercised in 2007, 2006, and 2005, was $16, $76, and $203, respectively.  As of December 30, 2007, there was a total of $1,356 of share-based compensation related to stock options that will be amortized to expense over a weighted-average remaining service period of 1.3 years.

Following is a summary of the status of stock options outstanding at December 30, 2007, which are fully vested or are expected to ultimately vest.  The share amounts presented below have been reduced to reflect estimated forfeitures.


Options Outstanding

   

Options Exercisable

  
  

Weighted-

 

Weighted-

     

Weighted-

 

Weighted-

  

Number

 

Average

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

Number

 

Average

 

Average

 

Aggregate

of

 

Remaining

 

Exercise

 

Intrinsic

 

of

 

Remaining

 

Exercise

 

Intrinsic

Shares

 

Contractual Life

 

Price

 

Value

 

Shares

 

Contractual Life

 

Price

 

Value

               

2,218,745

 

 5 years

 

$      18.16

 

$          12

 

1,585,792

 

 4 years

 

$     19.78

 

$          12

Stock Awards

The Company has awarded nonvested stock to certain employees that vest based on service requirements.  The fair value of the service-based restricted stock awards is based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of award in 2007 and the day prior to the date of award in prior years. Expense is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, generally four years.  The weighted-average grant date fair value of service-based nonvested stock issued in 2007, 2006, and 2005, was $13.07, $16.82, and $12.94 per share, respectively.  The share-based compensation recognized in 2007 and 2006 is based on the number of awards ultimately expected to vest and therefore has been reduced for estimated forfeitures.  The total fair value of stock that vested during 2007, 2006, and 2005 was $1,074, $2,066, and $1,011, respectively.  As of December 30, 2007, there was a total of $562 of share-based compensat ion related to service-based nonvested stock that will be amortized to expense over a weighted-average remaining service period of 1.7 years.



55



In 2005, the Company awarded 148,000 shares of performance-based restricted stock at a weighted-average grant date fair value of $12.89 per share which vest subject to attainment of the performance goal by the Company by fiscal year-end 2007. In 2006, an additional 81,751 shares with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $14.56 per share were granted subject to attainment of the same performance goal.  The fair value of the performance-based restricted stock awards was based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the day prior to the date of award.  If the performance goal was attained prior to 2007, vesting would have accelerated.  If, however, the performance goal was not attained in 2007, these stock awards would be forfeited and canceled and all expense recognized to date would be reversed.   During the performance period, a total of 22,800 shares were forfeited and canceled. & nbsp;The Company expected the full amount of the remaining outstanding performance-based stock awards to vest in 2007 and therefore did not reduce compensation expense for estimated forfeitures.  However, the performance goal was not met by the end of 2007 and in the fourth quarter the Company reversed $2,495 of expense that had been recorded in 2005-2007.

All stock award participants currently are entitled to receive cash dividends and to vote their shares.  However, the sale or transfer of these shares is restricted during the vesting period.  A summary of the Company’s stock award activity and related information for 2007 is as follows:

   

Weighted-

 

Number

 

Average

 

of

 

Grant Date

 

Shares

 

Fair Value

Nonvested at December 31, 2006

         345,782 

 

 $        14.05

Granted

           32,045 

 

            13.07

Vested

          (85,708)

 

            14.11

Forfeited/Canceled

          (27,462)

 

            13.45

Nonvested at December 30, 2007

         264,657 

 

 $        13.79


Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123 (R)

Prior to January 2, 2006, the Company accounted for share-based compensation using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations.   Effective January 2, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method.  Under that transition method, compensation cost includes compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 2, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, and compensation cost for all share-based payments granted on or after January 2, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provision of SFAS No. 123(R).  

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share from continuing operations as if the Company had determined compensation cost for all awards granted under the Company’s share-based compensation plans under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).  For purposes of this pro forma disclosure, the fair value of stock options was estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and amortized on a straight-line basis over the options’ vesting periods.



56




   

 

 

2005

Net income from continuing operations, before cumulative

  

effect of a change in accounting principle

 

 $         10,336 

Add: share-based employee compensation expense included in

  

    reported net income, net of related tax effects

 

               1,103 

Less:  share-based employee compensation expense determined under

  

    fair-value-based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

 

             (1,269)

Pro forma net income from continuing operations

 

 $         10,170 

Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

  

As reported

 

 $              0.36 

Pro forma

 

 $              0.35 

When recognizing compensation cost for nonvested stock awards under APB Opinion No. 25, the Company was required to recognize compensation cost assuming all awards would vest and to reverse recognized compensation cost for forfeited awards only when the awards were actually forfeited.  SFAS No. 123(R) requires the Company to estimate the number of share-based compensation awards that ultimately will be forfeited when recognizing compensation cost and to reevaluate this estimate each reporting period.  

An estimate of forfeitures was required related to the nonvested awards outstanding as of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) for which expense has been recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  The adjustment was $78, net of $51 of tax, and was recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Income.  

Statement of Cash Flows

Prior to adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company presented all tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.  SFAS No. 123(R) requires the cash flows resulting from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows.  The Company has not recorded any excess tax benefits in 2007 or 2006.  

NOTE 13 – PENSION PLANS

The Company has a qualified defined benefit plan covering certain of its U.S. employees that is no longer available to new participants.  The benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s average annual compensation based on the five highest years, or years of service and a benefit multiplier.  The benefit formula for certain participants (primarily participants hired after December 31, 1999) was frozen and these participants do not earn any additional benefit credits after this date; however, their lump sum earns 4% interest annually until termination of employment with the Company.  Participants not affected by this change will continue to receive and accrue pension benefits under the current plan.  The Company contributes to the plan to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for benefits expected to be earned in the future.  The Company considers the funded status of the plan, required plan contributions, income tax deductibility, and quarterly cash flow in its funding decisions.  Pension plan assets are invested in a broadly-diversified portfolio consisting primarily of publicly-traded common stocks and fixed income securities.  

The Company has a nonqualified supplementary benefit plan that provides supplemental pension payments in excess of qualified plan payments including payments in excess of limits imposed by federal tax law and other benefits.  The plan covers certain officers and key employees.  In addition, the Company has a supplemental nonqualified retirement plan for elected officers.  Participants earn benefits based on years of service and the employee’s average earnings.  The Company’s funding policy is to contribute amounts to these plans equal to the benefit payments required for each year.  

The Company also has two supplemental retirement agreements.  The first agreement is with its President and Chief Executive Officer under which he is entitled to receive supplemental retirement benefits upon attainment of certain age and employment requirements.  The Company currently does not fund this arrangement.  The second agreement provides retirement benefits to a former officer.  The Company currently contributes amounts to this plan equal to the benefit payments required each year.



57



The following table sets forth the reconciliation of the benefit obligation, plan assets, and the funded status for all Company pension plans.  


Change in Benefit Obligation

 

2007

 

2006

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$         518,562 

 

$           478,822 

Service cost

 

               7,670 

 

                8,147 

Interest cost

 

            28,563 

 

              27,386 

Settlement (gain) loss

 

           (32,828)

 

                   547 

Curtailment gain

 

           (24,105)

 

                     - 

Actuarial loss

 

               4,393 

 

              58,704 

Benefits paid

 

           (20,962)

 

            (55,044)

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

$         481,293 

 

$           518,562 


Change in Plan Assets

 

2007

 

2006

     

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

$         360,168 

 

$           340,294 

Actual return on plan assets

 

            26,222 

 

              45,380 

Employer contributions

 

            28,609 

 

              29,538 

Settlement

 

           (47,857)

 

                        - 

Benefits paid

 

           (20,962)

 

            (55,044)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

$         346,180 

 

$           360,168 

Funded status at end of year

 

$        (135,113)

 

$          (158,394)

As a result of associates retiring and electing a lump-sum payment of their pension benefit from the qualified and nonqualified defined benefit plan, the Company recognized settlements in 2007 and 2006.  A pension settlement is recorded when the total lump sum payments for a year exceed total service and interest costs recognized for that year.  The impact of the settlements on the projected benefit obligation and plan assets is shown in the table above.  As part of the settlement, the Company recognizes a pro-rata portion of the unrecognized actuarial net losses equal to the percentage reduction in the pension benefit obligation.  This non-cash charge is included in net periodic benefit cost.

Restructuring actions undertaken in 2007 resulted in a reduction of associates that participated in the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan.  The remeasurement of the Company’s pension obligation resulted in a curtailment gain shown in the table above that reduced the projected benefit obligation.

The actuarial loss for 2006 is the result of various factors including: the change in mortality tables from 1983 GAM to RP2000; lower than assumed interest rates for lump sum payments in 2006; change in expected retirement age for active participants; and other demographic factors.  


Amounts Recognized in Balance Sheet

 

2007

 

2006

     

Accrued pension liability - current

 

 $             (1,562)

 

 $              (1,925)

Accrued pension liability - long-term

 

        (133,551)

 

           (156,469)

Total

 

 $         (135,113)

 

 $          (158,394)

     

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Losses Before Tax

  

Net actuarial loss

 

 $           202,838 

 

 $            252,116 

Prior service cost

 

                 926 

 

                 1,158 

Total

 

 $           203,764 

 

 $            253,274 

The amount of actuarial loss and prior service cost that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive losses into net periodic benefit cost during 2008 is $20,509 and $380, respectively.



58



Information for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets is as follows:


 

2007    

 

2006    

Projected benefit obligation

 $       481,293

 

 $        518,562

Accumulated benefit obligation

           452,708

 

           483,158

Fair value of plan assets

           346,180

 

           360,168

Other than the Company’s qualified defined benefit plan, the Company’s defined benefit plans have no plan assets.  The total unfunded projected benefit obligation of these plans was $28,199 and $34,757 at the end of 2007 and 2006.  The related accumulated benefit obligations were $26,840 and $30,129 at the end of 2007 and 2006.


Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other

     

Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

     
      

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

2007    

 

2006    

 

2005    

Service cost of benefits earned

 $            7,670 

 

 $             8,147 

 

 $             7,755 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

             28,563 

 

              27,386 

 

              26,612 

Expected return on plan assets

           (29,028)

 

             (29,136)

 

             (30,681)

Amortization of prior service costs

                  369 

 

                   359 

 

                1,121 

Curtailment gain

                 (137)

 

                        - 

 

                        - 

Settlement loss

             20,946 

 

                1,627 

 

                        - 

Amortization of net actuarial loss from prior years

             26,084 

 

              25,619 

 

              18,988 

Total net periodic pension cost

 $         54,467 

 

 $           34,002 

 

 $           23,795 


Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income Before Tax

2007    

Net actuarial gain

 $        (17,278)

Net actuarial loss recognized

           (32,000)

Prior service cost recognized

                 (232)

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

           (49,510)

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost

 

and other comprehensive income

 $            4,957


Weighted-average Assumptions

Projected benefit obligation

2007   

 

2006  

 

2005  

Discount rate

6.00%

 

5.75%

 

5.75%

Future compensation increase rate

     

- current year

3.50%

 

3.50%

 

3.50%

- subsequent years

3.50%

 

3.50%

 

3.50%

Net periodic benefit cost

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

5.75%

 

5.75%

 

6.00%

Expected long-term rate of return

     

on plan assets

8.75%

 

8.75%

 

8.75%

The Company uses long-term historical actual return experience and future estimates of long-term investment return with consideration to the expected investment mix of the plan’s assets, to develop its expected rate of return assumption used in the net periodic pension cost calculation.  Differences between actual and expected returns are recognized in the net periodic pension calculation over five years using a five-year market-related asset value method of amortization.

Discount rates are established based on prevailing market rates for high-quality, fixed-income instruments with maturities equal to the future cash flows to pay the benefit obligation when due.  The Company’s pension plan assets have historically



59



been invested predominantly in equity investments, which have historically realized annual returns at or above the expected long-term rate of return.  

Plan Assets

The Company’s qualified defined benefit plan weighted-average asset allocations are as follows:


Asset Category

2007

 

2006

Equity securities

69%

 

69%

Debt securities

19%

 

23%

Real Estate

8%

 

6%

Other

4%

 

2%

Total

100%

 

100%

The Company’s long-term investment policy objectives with respect to the qualified defined benefit plan assets are to achieve funding of the plan at a level consistent with the Plan’s accumulated benefit obligation, to achieve an annual investment return target of 8.75% over a 10-year period, and to achieve an annual investment return that exceeds inflation by at least 4% per year as measured over a three- to five-year period.  The target asset allocation percentages for equity investments range from a minimum of 60% to a maximum total equity position of 80% with the target being 70%.  Total fixed income percentages range from a minimum of 20% to a maximum of 40% with a target percentage of 30%.  Equity real estate percentages range from a minimum of 0% to a maximum of 10% with a target of 5%.

It is the Company’s policy to diversify the investment of the plan’s assets to reduce the risk of large losses.  Progress toward achieving performance objectives is reviewed quarterly by management with particular attention directed to reviewing performance relative to the risks.  It is expected that the plan’s assets will perform in the top 40% of plans with similar risk over a three- to five-year market cycle as measured by an appropriate peer group.  Performance of the pension funds, individual investment managers, actuarial assumptions, and other attributes of the pension plan are reviewed at least annually with the Company’s Board of Directors.    

The Company expects to make contributions of $20,000 to its qualified defined benefit plan to satisfy required minimum funding requirements.  

The benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years, and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter are as follows:


2008

 $         41,000

2009

             29,015

2010

             30,714

2011

             32,652

2012

             35,787

2013-2017

          190,426

Defined Contribution Plans

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company has a nonqualified defined contribution plan for executive officers who are not currently in the traditional formula of the qualified defined benefit plan or other supplemental defined benefit retirement plans.  The Company does not currently fund this plan.  Participant accounts are credited with 15% of their annual compensation.  Accounts are credited annually with an investment return which currently is 6%.  Expense recorded for this plan in 2007 was $96.

Substantially all of the Company’s employees are eligible to participate in a 401(k) savings plan.  Expense recorded for employer matching contributions under this plan totaled $4,200, $4,033, and $3,721, in 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.  




60



NOTE 14 – POSTRETIREMENT HEALTHCARE BENEFITS

In addition to providing pension benefits, the Company provides certain healthcare benefits for eligible retired employees.  The following table sets forth the reconciliation of the benefit obligation and the funded status for this plan.  


Change in Benefit Obligation

 

2007

 

2006

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

 $            22,427 

 

 $              21,689 

Interest cost

 

                  1,230 

 

                   1,145 

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

                   (560)

 

                   1,126 

Net benefits paid

 

                (1,527)

 

                 (1,533)

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

 $            21,570 

 

 $              22,427 

Change in Plan Assets

 

                         - 

 

                           - 

Funded status

 

 $          (21,570)

 

 $            (22,427)

     

Amounts Recognized in Balance Sheet

    

Accrued postretirement liability - current

 

 $             (2,074)

 

 $              (2,029)

Accrued postretirement liability - long-term

 

              (19,496)

 

               (20,398)

Total amount recognized

 

 $          (21,570)

 

 $            (22,427)


Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Losses Before Tax

  

Net actuarial loss

 

 $              8,309

 

 $                9,604

Prior service credit

 

              (24,185)

 

               (27,722)

Total

 

 $          (15,876)

 

 $            (18,118)

The amount of prior service credits and actuarial loss that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive losses into net periodic postretirement benefit cost during 2008 is ($3,537) and $649, respectively.

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other

     

Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

     
      

Net Postretirement Benefit Cost

2007

 

2006

 

2005

Interest cost

 $            1,230 

 

 $             1,145 

 

 $             2,063 

Amortization of prior service credits

             (3,537)

 

               (3,537)

 

               (2,206)

Amortization of net actuarial losses

                  735 

 

                   585 

 

                   524 

   Total postretirement benefit cost

 $          (1,572)

 

 $            (1,807)

 

 $                381 

      

Other Changes in Benefit Obligation Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income Before Tax

  
      

Net actuarial gain

 $             (560)

    

Prior service credit recognized

               3,537 

    

Net actuarial loss recognized

                 (735)

    

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

 $            2,242 

    

Total recognized in net postretirement benefit cost

     

and other comprehensive income

 $               670 

    

During 2005, the Company determined that the prescription benefits offered under Medicare Part D were more favorable to its retirees than the rates offered under the Company’s Postretirement Healthcare Benefit Plan.  As a result, effective January 1, 2006, the plan was amended to discontinue prescription benefits offered under the plan which reduced postretirement benefit cost in subsequent years.




61



Weighted-average Assumption


Benefit obligation

2007

2006

2005

Discount rate

5.75%

5.75%

5.75%

Healthcare cost trend rate assumed

   

   for current year

8.00%

9.00%

8.00%

Net periodic benefit cost

 

 

 

Discount rate

5.75%

5.75%

6.00%

Healthcare cost trend rate assumed

   

   for current year

9.00%

8.00%

9.00%

Rate to which the cost trend rate

   

   is assumed to decline (the

   

   ultimate trend rate)

4.75%

4.75%

4.75%

Year that the rate reaches the

   

   ultimate trend rate

2014

2012

2012

The accumulated benefit obligation was determined using the unit credit method and discount rates that are based on management’s evaluation of available information about rates implicit in current prices of annuity contracts, as well as rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments that could be used to effect settlement of the obligations.

Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement healthcare plan.  The Company reviews external data and its own historical trends for healthcare costs to determine the healthcare cost trend rates used for the postretirement healthcare benefit obligation and expense.  A one-percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:


 

1-Percentage

1-Percentage

 

Point Increase

Point Decrease

Effect on total of service and interest cost

$                          95

$                      (85)

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

                     1,582

                   (1,414)

The funding policy is to pay claims as they occur.  The projected net benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years, and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter, are as follows:


2008

 $                 2,133

2009

                    2,169

2010

                    2,172

2011

                    2,179

2012

                    2,136

2013-2017

                    9,522


NOTE 15 – SEGMENT REPORTING

In 2007, the Company analyzed its internal reporting structure.  As part of this process, the Company evaluated the impact on segment reporting, and in the fourth quarter, made changes to its reportable segments.  These changes are in conformity with the requirements of SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” and will better enable investors to view the Company the way management views it.  A summary of the changes is as follows:

·

The Document and Labels Solutions segment was separated into two reportable segments – Document Management and Label Solutions.  Previously they were aggregated as one reportable segment because they exhibit similar economic characteristics, products, manufacturing processes, customers, and distribution methods.  The Company believes this disaggregation will add transparency to its financial reporting.

·

The Commercial Print and International business units, which were previously reported in the Other reportable segment, are now included in the Document Management segment because they share similar economic characteristics, products, manufacturing processes, customers, and distribution methods with the other business units included in Document Management.

·

Freight revenue billed to customers and freight costs paid to vendors previously were accounted for as a separate business unit and reported with the Document and Labels Solutions reportable segment.  Freight revenue and



62



freight costs are now associated with their respective products and reported with the applicable reportable segment.

·

Certain outsourced products were moved from the POD Services segment to business units in the Document Management segment.  Print management services were moved from Commercial Print to PathForward.

·

The Digital Solutions segment was sold in 2007.

The profitability measure used by the Company in assessing segment performance is segment operating income before restructuring and impairment, and excludes items listed in the reconciliation below that are not allocated to segment operating income.  In determining segment operating income, expenses relating to pension benefits are based solely upon estimated service costs.  The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1.  The segments are managed and reported internally primarily by the type of products they produce and the services they provide.   No single customer provided more than 10% of the Company’s revenue in any of the years presented.

Segment information for 2006 and 2005 has been revised from previously reported amounts to reflect the current presentation.  The Company did not revise asset information by segments for 2006 and prior because it was not practical to do so.  The Company’s reportable segments and business units are described below:

Document Management - The Document Management segment consists of the following businesses that have been aggregated for segment reporting purposes:

Documents: Offers document printing including custom-printed documents, document management, and secure document solutions.


Subcontracting: buys and resells products that we do not produce including items such as envelopes, blank cut sheet, ATM rolls, business cards and folders.


Supplies: Provides printer supplies, computer supplies and accessories as well as fax and copier supplies.


Commercial Print: Manages the acquisition of commercial print products, utilizing the Company’s PrintConcierge® group software that facilitates bidding and order management among a nationwide network of third party commercial printers.   


Distribution Services: Provides an extensive network of distribution centers across the country which allows us to service customers with multiple locations.  Many of our custom printed documents are warehoused for subsequent deliveries to our customers in the quantity, time, and place of their choosing.  


International: Maintains a network of associates throughout the world and provides this GlobalPrint Network (GPN) with intellectual property, document management methodology, marketing strategy, and sales opportunities.   In addition, they have developed specialty materials that are sold to our customers.

Other: Includes professional services, royalties, and other miscellaneous document management related revenues.

Label Solutions  

Label Solutions has broad design and production capabilities, plus expertise in workflow management.  They can provide a total integrated solution that includes printers, applications, readers, and software.  The types of products and services offered include identification labels, instructional labels, bar code label solutions, and product configuration control.

POD Services

POD Services offers high-end digital color or black/white, short-run, quick print production (print-on-demand), billing and statement solutions, one-to-one marketing communications (variable print-on-demand), Web-based “information request” fulfillment, and customer information kits (cards, policies, statements, manuals, etc.).  POD Services consists of two business units that have been aggregated for segment reporting purposes.

Document Systems

Document Systems generates revenue from licensing the rights to software products, revenue from maintenance and other customer support services, and revenue from professional services associated with the licensing of software.  Document Systems also generates revenue from the sale of related hardware equipment such as printers.

PathForward

PathForward provides consulting and print management services to help our customers evaluate and improve their document-intensive processes.   This business unit also markets software that enables a company to manage the cost and utilization of its fleet of desktop printers, copiers, and fax machines.



63



The Company’s operations are conducted primarily in the United States.  Revenue and long-lived assets for the Company’s operations in Mexico are not material.  Information about the Company’s operations by reportable segment is as follows:


    

Document

 

Label

 

POD

 

Document

    

 

   

Management

 

Solutions

 

Services

 

Systems

 

PathForward

 

Total

Revenue from external

 

2007

 

$   480,227

 

$ 111,224

 

$ 245,883

 

$   21,398

 

 $    6,700 

 

$865,432

   customers

 

2006

 

      487,870

 

  129,260

 

    253,479

 

     21,131

 

        2,551 

 

894,291

  

2005

 

      499,105

 

  127,276

 

   240,183

 

     20,895

 

        2,610 

 

890,069

Operating income (loss)

2007

 

$     13,264

 

$     3,620

 

$   24,243

 

$     3,574

 

 $     (749)

 

$  43,952

from continuing

 

2006

 

        14,629

 

      5,813

 

      17,152

 

       4,230

 

       (1,014)

 

  40,822

operations

 

2005

 

       30,887

 

      4,785

 

        3,124

 

       2,456

 

          (102)

 

  41,150

Total assets

 

2007

 

$   201,283

 

$   29,288

 

$   70,835

 

$     3,768

 

 $    6,414 

 

$ 311,588

Fixed asset additions

 

2007

 

$       8,013

 

$     1,414

 

$     8,383

 

$          43

 

 $         10 

 

$ 17,863

Depreciation/amortization

2007

 

$     11,258

 

$     1,921

 

$     7,299

 

$          40

 

 $       312 

 

$ 20,830


Reconciling information between reportable segments and the Company’s consolidated financial statements is as follows:


 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

   Total consolidated revenues

 

 $         865,432 

 

 $           894,291 

 

 $      890,069 

 

Operating income

 

 $           43,952 

 

 $             40,822 

 

 $        41,150 

 

Restructuring and asset impairment

 

             (7,557)

 

                (5,409)

 

           (1,301)

 

Amortization of net actuarial losses

 

          (26,084)

 

              (25,619)

 

         (18,988)

 

Pension settlement loss

 

          (20,946)

 

                (1,627)

 

                     - 

 

Other unallocated pension

 

                602 

 

                  1,750 

 

             4,069 

 

Corporate and other unallocated

 

                (168)

 

                     913 

 

           (1,848)

 

LIFO adjustment

 

              1,001 

 

                (1,046)

 

              (402)

 

Total other expense, primarily interest

 

             (3,555)

 

                (2,057)

 

           (1,966)

 

   (Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 $         (12,755)

 

 $               7,727 

 

 $        20,714 

 

Total segment assets

 

 $        311,588 

     

Corporate and unallocated

 

          107,958 

 

    

   Total consolidated assets

 

 $        419,546 

 

    

Capital expenditures

 

 $          17,863 

     

Corporate and unallocated

 

             3,712 

 

    

   Total consolidated capital expenditures

 

 $          21,575 

 

    

Depreciation and amortization

 

 $          20,830 

     

Corporate and unallocated

 

               5,745 

 

    

   Total consolidated depreciation and amortization

 

 $          26,575 

 

    




64



NOTE 16 – CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk principally consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and trade receivables.  Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments are placed with high-credit quality financial institutions.  The Company’s credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited in management’s opinion due to industry and geographic diversification.  The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to cover estimated credit losses.  

NOTE 17 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company has no purchase agreements with suppliers extending beyond normal quantity requirements.  The Company has the following commitments at December 30, 2007:


·

Purchase commitments for capital improvements aggregating $2,022

·

Purchase commitments with copy equipment suppliers to spend a total of $279 in 2008  

·

Purchase commitments for telecommunications services from suppliers that provide for minimum annual commitments of $1,000 in 2008  

·

Multiple years remaining on commitments with software companies for total annual license maintenance fees of $1,584.  

The Company leases sales offices, warehouses, print facilities, computer and other equipment under operating leases, none of which are considered individually significant.  Annual expense under these leases was $17,099 in 2007, $16,552 in 2006, and $16,725 in 2005.  Future minimum payments under existing noncancelable leases at December 30, 2007 are as follows:


2008

  

 $         14,264

2009

  

             12,112

2010

  

               9,467

2011

  

               6,338

2012

  

               4,454

Later years

  

               2,936

Total

 

 

             49,571

Contingencies

The Company had outstanding letters of credit as of December 30, 2007 totaling $6,396, primarily as a requirement of the Company’s workers’ compensation insurance.  All letters of credit are renewable annually.

The Company outsources certain information technology services from suppliers under multi-year agreements that provide for early termination penalties.  At December 30, 2007, the early termination penalties total approximately $4,247.  The remaining terms of the agreements range from one to four years.  The amount of the termination penalties decline as the remaining terms diminish.

In the opinion of management, no litigation or claims are pending against the Company that will have a material effect on its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.  The Company is subject to laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and is party to environmental actions that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. The Company provides for expenses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such amounts are probable and can be reasonably estimated.  The amount of liability recorded is based on an evaluation of currently available facts and is reviewed periodically.  Actual expenses incurred in future periods may vary from current estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in estimating the extent of necessary remediation efforts.

The Company has participated with other Potentially Responsible Parties (“PRPs”) in the investigation, study, and remediation of the Pasco Sanitary Landfill Superfund Site (the “Pasco Site”) in eastern Washington State since 1998.  The Company is a member of a PRP Group known as the Industrial Waste Area Generators Group II (the “IWAG Group”).  In 2000, the IWAG Group and several other PRP groups entered into agreed orders with the Department of Ecology for implementation of interim remedial actions and expansion of groundwater monitoring.  The Department has recently required the PRP groups to implement additional interim actions and delay implementation of a final remedy.  This regulatory development has caused an increase in the projected expenses associated with the Pasco Site through the interim and final remedy stages.  The Company has a discounted reserve of $1,055 that management currently believes is adequate to cover the Company’s portion of the total future potential costs of remediation.   In addition, the Company has undiscounted reserves totaling $658 for environmental remediation at one previously owned facility and one currently owned facility.  



65



NOTE 18 – QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

Summarized quarterly financial data follow:


 

Quarters Ended

 

April 1,

 

July 2,

 

September 30,

 

December 30,

 

2007

 

2007

 

2007

 

2007

Revenue

 $    227,431 

 

 $    211,165 

 

 $    208,285 

 

 $    218,551 

Gross margin

          75,935 

 

          67,165 

 

          70,561 

 

          74,375 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

              (189)

 

           (5,359)

 

            1,993 

 

           (4,024)

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

              (639)

 

                735 

 

                169 

 

                    9 

Net (loss) income

              (828)

 

           (4,624)

 

            2,162 

 

           (4,015)

Basic and diluted (loss) income per share from

       

Continuing operations

(0.01)

 

(0.19)

 

0.07 

 

             (0.14)

Discontinued operations

             (0.02)

 

0.03 

 

               0.01 

 

                     - 

        
 

Quarters Ended

 

April 2,

 

July 2,

 

October 1,

 

December 31,

 

2006

 

2006

 

2006

 

2006

Revenue

 $       228,521 

 

 $       222,665 

 

 $       215,093 

 

 $       228,012

Gross margin

            81,804 

 

            77,806 

 

            70,394 

 

            76,758

Income (loss) from continuing operations

              2,879 

 

              2,695 

 

            (2,943)

 

                 596

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

            (1,459)

 

          (11,207)

 

            (2,782)

 

                 482

Net income (loss)

              1,498 

 

            (8,512)

 

            (5,725)

 

              1,078

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share from

       

Continuing operations

0.10 

 

0.10 

 

(0.10)

 

                0.02

Discontinued operations

              (0.05)

 

(0.39)

 

              (0.10)

 

                0.02

Earnings per share amounts are computed independently for each of the quarters presented.  Therefore, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts may not equal the total computed for the year.

Continuing operations for 2007 includes the following pre-tax adjustments:

·

Restructuring charges of $2,406, $1,752, $3,562, and $276 in the first through fourth quarters

·

Asset impairments (reversals) of ($409), ($342), $98, and $214 in the first through fourth quarters

·

Pension settlement charges of $3,222 and $17,724 in the second and fourth quarters

·

A reversal of $2,495 in the fourth quarter for share-based compensation expense related to performance-based restricted shares that did not vest.

Discontinued operations for 2007 include a pre-tax gain of $1,322 from the sale of Digital Solutions in the second quarter.

Continuing operations for 2006 includes the following pre-tax adjustments:

·

Restructuring charges of $1,090, $774, $533 and $274 in the first through fourth quarters

·

Asset impairments (reversals) of $1,694, ($155), $53, and $1,146 in the first through fourth quarters.

Discontinued operations for 2006 includes a pre-tax loss of $11,952 from the sale of InSystems in the second quarter; a pre-tax adjustment to the loss of $1,614 in the third quarter, primarily to adjust deferred tax estimates; and a pre-tax adjustment to the loss of ($1,085) in the fourth quarter, primarily to decrease a contingent liability associated with the sale.



66



Item 9 – CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None

Item 9A – CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Controls Evaluation

We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures over financial reporting (Disclosure Controls) as of December 30, 2007.  The evaluation was carried out under the supervision, and with the participation, of our management including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO).

Definition of Disclosure Controls

Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in our Securities Exchange Act reports, such as this Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) rules and forms.  Disclosure Controls are also designed to reasonably assure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Our quarterly evaluation of Disclosure Controls includes an evaluation of some components of our internal control over financial reporting, and internal control over financial reporting is also separately evaluated on an annual basis for purposes of providing the management report included on page 33.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls

Our Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls will prevent or detect all error and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.  The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.  Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.  These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake.  Controls can also be cir cumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls.  The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.  

Scope of Evaluation

Our evaluation of Disclosure Controls included a review of their objectives, design, and effectiveness, including their effect on the information generated for use in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  This evaluation is performed on a quarterly basis so that the conclusions of management, including the CEO and CFO, concerning the effectiveness of our Disclosure Controls can be reported upon in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Conclusion

Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that, subject to the limitations noted above, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10 K, our Disclosure Controls were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act r reports is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC and that material information relating to The Standard Register Company is made known to management, including the CEO and CFO, particularly during the period when our periodic reports are being prepared.

Changes in Internal Control

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007, there have been no significant changes to our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls and no corrective actions have been taken with regard to material weaknesses in such controls.  



67



Item 9B – OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

Item 10 – DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item that relates to directors and executive officers of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to that part of the information under “Election of Directors,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” of our Proxy Statement for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2008.  Certain information concerning executive officers of the Company appears under “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I of this report.  

Audit Committee

The Company has a separately designated standing Audit Committee.  Members of the Audit Committee are Sherrill W. Hudson (Chairman of the Audit Committee), F. David Clarke, III, Ann Scavullo, and John J. Schiff, Jr.  

Audit Committee Financial Experts

The Board of Directors has determined the members of its Audit Committee meet the independence and financial literacy requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.  In addition, the Board has determined that one member in particular satisfies the “financial expert” qualifications contained in regulations issued pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Specifically, the Board has concluded that Audit Committee member Sherrill W. Hudson qualifies as a financial expert given his 37-year career with Deloitte & Touche, a firm of certified public accountants.  Mr. Hudson’s experience with respect to audits of financial statements of publicly-held companies, internal controls, application of GAAP and audit committee functions, and his independence as a Board member meets the criteria for financial expert established by the Board in conformity with applicable regulations.

Code of Ethics

Our Audit Committee recommended, and our Board adopted, the Company’s revised Code of Ethics.  We re-emphasized that directors, and all of our employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our Controller and all other principal executive officers and senior financial officers, are subject to the letter and spirit of the Code.  We have not made any waivers of our Code of Ethics.  The Code of Ethics covers such topics as conflicts of interest, confidentiality, compliance with legal requirements and other business ethics subjects.  It is intended to promote honest and ethical conduct, full disclosure and accurate reporting, and compliance with laws as well as other matters.  

Our Audit Committee also established procedures for the receipt, retention and investigation of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters.  Any interested person may contact the Audit Committee directly through our website by clicking on “About SR,” then “Corporate Governance” and following the link to the Audit Committee.  Our employees may contact the Audit Committee, anonymously if they wish, by calling a toll-free number.  A third party records the complaints related to accounting and auditing matters and forwards them directly to the Audit Committee.

We have distributed a copy of the Code of Ethics to all employees and it is posted on our website, www.standardregister.com, in the “About SR” section.  You can obtain a copy of the Code of Ethics, without charge, by contacting our legal counsel at 937-221-1506.

Item 11 – EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to that part of the information under “ Executive Compensation” of our Proxy Statement for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2008.  




68



Item 12 – SECURITIY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to “Owners of More than 5% of the Common and Class A Stock of Standard Register” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” of our Proxy Statement for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2008.

The following table summarizes information as of December 30, 2007 regarding our 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan and our 2002 Equity Incentive Plan under which our equity securities have been authorized for issuance:


Plan Category

 

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders

 

                  2,262,669

 

$                  18.08

 

                       2,707,959

       

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

 

                               -   

 

$                         -

 

                                   -   


Item 13 – CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 24, 2008.  

Item 14 – FEES AND SERVICES OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The following table summarizes the fees billed to us by Battelle & Battelle LLP, our independent auditors, for the years ended December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006.


 

 

2007

 

2006

Audit Fees (1)

 

 $       826,000

 

$         878,000

Audit Related Fees (2)

 

            84,600

 

            67,820

Total

 

 $       910,600

 

$         945,820


(1) Audit Fees - This category includes the audit of Standard Register’s annual consolidated financial statements, the audit of internal control over financial reporting, the review of financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and services that are normally provided by Battelle & Battelle LLP in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

(2) Audit Related Fees - This category consists of assurance and related services provided by Battelle & Battelle LLP that were reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements.  It includes fees billed for the audit of our benefit plans and accounting consultation.



69



Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors

The Audit Committee established a policy related to approval of all services performed by our independent auditors, Battelle & Battelle LLP.  In the policy, the Audit Committee approved all audit work and permissible audit-related services consisting of audits of our employee benefit plans and financial due diligence in connection with mergers, acquisitions, divestitures and similar transactions.  Tax services and all other services require specific pre-approval by the Audit Committee before the services are performed.  A request for pre-approval must include a description of the service and the estimated fees.  Requests are submitted to the Audit Committee in one of the following ways:

1.

Request for approval of services is submitted at a meeting of the Audit Committee; or

2.

Request for approval of services is submitted to a designated member of the Audit Committee.

Under SEC rules, subject to certain de minimis criteria, pre-approval is required for all professional services performed by our principal accountants on or after May 6, 2003.  In 2007 and 2006, the Audit Committee pre-approved all audit-related fees and tax fees.  

Battelle & Battelle LLP has advised us that permanent full-time employees and partners of Battelle & Battelle LLP performed substantially all of the work done in conjunction with its audits of our financial statements for the years ended December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006.

PART IV

Item 15 – EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

Documents filed as part of this report.

1.

Financial statements

The following consolidated financial statements of The Standard Register Company and subsidiaries are included at Item 8 herein:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheet – December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006

Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income – Years ended December 30, 2007, December 31, 2006, and January 1, 2006

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity – Years ended December 30, 2007, December 31, 2006, and January 1, 2006

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows – Years ended December 30, 2007, December 31, 2006, and January 1, 2006

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2.

Consolidated financial statement schedule

Schedule

Number

Description

Page

II

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

   74

All other financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or because the required information is shown in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.

3.

Exhibits

The exhibits as listed on the accompanying index to exhibits are filed as part of this

Form 10-K.  



70



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, The Standard Register Company has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 10, 2008.  

THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY


By:  /S/  D.L. Rediker

D. L. Rediker, President,

Chief Executive Officer and Director


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of The Standard Register Company and in the capacities indicated on March 10, 2008:  


     Signatures

Title

  

/S/  F. D. Clarke, III          

Chairman of the Board and Director

     F. D. Clarke, III

 
  

/S/  C. J. Brown             

Senior Vice President, Treasurer,

      C. J. Brown

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer



F. D. Clarke, III, pursuant to powers of attorney, which are being filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has signed below on February 21, 2008, as attorney-in-fact for the following directors of the Registrant:  


R. W. Begley, Jr.

 

S. W.  Hudson

J. J. Schiff, Jr.

D. L. Rediker

J .Q. Sherman, II


/S/  F. D. Clarke, III

F. D. Clarke, III




71



INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

  

3.1

Amended Articles of Incorporation of the Company and Code of Regulations.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's Registration Statement No. 333-8687.

  

3.2

Certificate of Amendment by the Shareholders to the Amended Articles of Incorporation of The Standard Register Company.  Incorporated by reference to Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1995.

  
 

INSTRUMENTS DEFINING THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS, INCLUDING INDENTURES

  

4.1

The Credit Agreement between Standard Register and the following banking institutions: Banc of America Securities, LLC, KeyBank National Association, Bank of America, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., National City Business Credit, Inc., U.S. Bank, N.A., The Bank of New York, and Fifth Third Bank, incorporated by reference to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 3, 2005.

  
 

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

  

10.1

The Standard Register Company Non-Qualified Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference from Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 1994.

  

10.2

The Standard Register Company 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on April 17, 1996.

  

10.3

The Standard Register Company Management Incentive Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to the Company's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held April 16, 1997.

  

10.4

Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 26, 1997, incorporated by reference from Form 8-K filed January 15, 1998.

  

10.5

The Standard Register Dividend Reinvestment and Common Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated by reference from Registration Statement No. 333-05321.

  

10.6

Employment Agreement between The Standard Register Company and Dennis L. Rediker, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, incorporated by reference from Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.

  

10.7

Asset Purchase Agreement between The Standard Register Company and PlanetPrint.com, Inc., dated July 10, 2002, incorporated by reference from Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002.

  

10.8

Share Purchase Agreement between The Standard Register Company and InSystems Technologies, Inc., dated June 25, 2002, incorporated by reference from Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002.

  

10.9

The Standard Register Company 2002 Equity Incentive Plan incorporated by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on April 17, 2002.

  

10.10

First Amendment to The Standard Register Company Management Incentive Compensation Plan incorporated by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on April 17, 2002.

  

10.11

Asset Purchase Agreement between Pitney Bowes, Inc., and The Standard Register Company, dated December 13, 2004, incorporated by reference from Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 2005.

  

10.12

Asset Purchase Agreement between Whitehill Technologies, Inc., and The Standard Register Company, dated June 5, 2006, incorporated by reference from Form 8-K filed June 9, 2006.

  



72






10.13

Asset Purchase Agreement between Exped LLC and The Standard Register Company, dated April 21, 2007, incorporated by reference from Form 8-K filed April 26, 2007.

  

10.14

The Standard Register Company Officers' Supplemental Non-Qualified Retirement Plan, restated October 26, 2006, effective January 1, 2007.

  

10.15

The Standard Register Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, dated December 12, 2006, effective January 1, 2007.

  

10.16

The Standard Register Company 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan, revised November 2, 2006, effective January 1, 2007.

  
 

COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS

  

11

Computation of per share earnings is included in Item 8 herein.

  
 

CODE OF ETHICS

  

14

The Standard Register Company Code of Ethics incorporated by reference from Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2003.

  
 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

  

21

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

  
 

CONSENTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

  

23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

  

24

Power of Attorney of R. W. Begley, Jr., S. W. Hudson, D. L. Rediker, J. J. Schiff, Jr., J. Q. Sherman, II.

 

CERTIFICATIONS

  

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  

32

Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.




73



INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S REPORT ON SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE


Board of Directors and Shareholders

The Standard Register Company

Dayton, Ohio


We have audited the consolidated financial statements of The Standard Register Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 30, 2007 and December 31, 2006, and for the three years in the period ended December 30, 2007, and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2007, and have issued our reports thereon dated March 10, 2008.  Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedule of the Company listed in the accompanying index at Item 15.  This consolidated financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.  In our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth herein.


/s/ Battelle & Battelle LLP

Dayton, Ohio

March 10, 2008

SCHEDULE II

THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 30, 2007

(Dollars in thousands)


Description

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

Acquisitions/ (Dispositions)

 

Charged (credited) to costs and expenses

 

Charged (credited) to other accounts

 

Deductions

 

Balance at end of period

             

Year Ended December 30, 2007

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts-

 

 $  2,135

 

 $                 -

 

 $       440 

 

 $             - 

 

 $     (731)

 

 $         1,844

Accounts Receivable - Trade

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts-

 

     3,037

 

                    -

 

           (21)

 

                - 

   

            3,016

Notes Receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Allowance for Doubtful

Accounts

 

 $  5,172

 

 $                 -

 

 $       419 

 

 $             - 

 

 $     (731)

 

 $         4,860

             

Year Ended December 31, 2006

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts-

 

 $  2,346

 

 $             (56)

 (a)

 $       480 

   

 $     (635)

 

 $         2,135

Accounts Receivable - Trade

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts-

 

     3,155

 

                    -

 

            49 

 

                - 

 

        (167)

 

            3,037

Notes Receivable

       

Total Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

 $  5,501

 

 $             (56)

 

 $       529 

 

 $             - 

 

 $     (802)

 

 $         5,172

             

Year Ended January 1, 2006

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts-

 

 $  3,703

 

 $                 -

 

 $       463 

 

 $      (230)

 

 $  (1,590)

 

 $         2,346

Accounts Receivable - Trade

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts-

 

     2,968

 

                    -

 

           (43)

 

           230 

 

              -

 

            3,155

Notes Receivable

       

Total Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

 $  6,671

 

 $                 -

 

 $       420 

 

 $             - 

 

 $  (1,590)

 

 $         5,501

             

(a)  Sale of InSystems

            




74



EXHIBIT 24


P O W E R    O F    A T T O R N E Y


KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints D. L. Rediker and F. D. Clarke, III, and each of them, jointly and severally, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, and each with power to act alone, to sign and execute on behalf of the undersigned the Annual Report on Form 10-K, and any amendments thereto, of The Standard Register Company for the year ended December 30, 2007, and to perform any acts necessary to be done in order to file such report with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and each of the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their or his substitutes, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Signature

Title

Date

   
   

 /S/ F.D. Clarke, III                 

Chairman of the Board and Director

February 21, 2008

F. D. Clark, III

  
   

/S/ D. L. Rediker                    

President and Chief Executive

February 21, 2008

D. L. Rediker

Officer and Director

 
   

/S/ C. J. Brown                       

Senior Vice President, Treasurer,

February 21, 2008

C. J. Brown

and Chief Financial Officer

 
   

/S/ R. W. Begley, Jr.              

Director

February 21, 2008

R. W. Begley, Jr.

  
   

/S/ S. W. Hudson

Director

February 21, 2008

S. W. Hudson

  
   

/S/ J. J. Schiff, Jr.                   

Director

February 21, 2008

J. J. Schiff, Jr.

  
   

/S/ J. Q. Sherman, II               

Director

February 21, 2008

J. Q. Sherman, II

  

Signed and acknowledged in the presence of:


 /S/F. D. Clarke, III                             

 /S/ K. A. Lamme                                       

F. D. Clarke, III, Chairman of the

K. A. Lamme, Corporate Vice President,

Board of Directors of The Standard

General Counsel and Secretary

Register Company

of The Standard Register Company

  
  


STATE OF OHIO, MONTGOMERY COUNTY:


The foregoing Directors of The Standard Register Company personally appeared before me, a Notary Public for the State of Ohio, and each of them acknowledged that they did sign this Power of Attorney, and that it is the free act and deed of each said Director.  


I have signed and sealed this Power of Attorney at Dayton, Ohio, on February 21, 2008.

/S/ K. A. Lamme

Kathryn A. Lamme



75


10-K 2 graph.pdf PERFORMANCE GRAPH begin 644 graph.pdf M)5!$1BTQ+C,*)^@$:C[=$1D9F2>$Y%5]]TD MA;:3I'_MPW=O3Q^_"-/KGT\9GEY\6C^\?WUZ=[)">>]#!OCG[]Y.?WJ"8YJ4 M$BFEZ>F'D\2'$$S^74W:..&BFH*,(L'KZ>WIZ_,76)O.G\P7*YRV49U? MS!>@7EEU_DO^W2=[_N=\,2($ER+__?-9B>BU3N<_SE(8KU4\_Z-_^C-][?/'UV"A3!^NFB,*N$93U] M?\)/3S^>,I``_)V`CTZ?/)V^/*F)_B&#UE!(,VE*AT2VD$"L8'+1"@PTO7]U M^N$/R)Q%#EVGKZ:?CL1ZB02P09TUPGEF6($K`W0!F$]%5H/> MCK4:U$NY-*S`=0'(Q:`=60UZ.]9Z4!>%=-RP`&Q0%PK`?"JR'O1FK-6@07GA MN&$%K@QP!6`^%5D->CO6>M"`0V&Y80'8H,$4@/E49#WHS5@TJ!)>)YS[7T[O M)A(8D#)EA;DH(:6*7<2B-L*K,%UT\%"*0Q2A*/1JH M>O%)/A)HX[6SVA*("UR;"VL M/AAH[04H.8]SG:$@;%N::IW)L[(>E$!!?33KQ6N1OXA*_'#2L],B>\F)\'C. MBQ?/'OHAH8\N;.W%/OS5BV]$D$U4:2-:-YZTI284:@I=DJ2< MR7CJ#8>\#A.C2R^#MAFA+E2DSC*;+\%'-]BAP8ZY.G@C%>MRKM^Y5:- MT$E9-/;AAE6)14U")KXRBC(!O)84I:@U#*5%S+,?-J:6#Z54PMUCU\;5+%!C M?/CH6J2:C+2R"+5*R?4\G;?.MJZC),M"P]DDK8*J=V;>QQ[HT^H->/A$97 M&:XDS`J:GFP9/E^7]ZV:WKQA704)*VU-41IGWH\;-F^41YRU/"_U+"8NK5_IZ"@:$J;RQJ M3%2E"B?APX"N',+N1EL4K#DVJ,F5CD5F8I:;-B=W<$*&]$HMVAA#&V9X/\2@ MB.:K*DQS;%!3&&.*,B1;)V0I/^KHC)QQI,[)*2!*Q#ET9Y&*^TEV9 M8X>:*""=1&]/E'"KPW27U9#OS$Z/!6M5)`7GPP_HRJ'6`3''!C424S+!/D]\ M=`_O6((TN9P,\-I7(AIJ6#ITY1!8IW4A8G-LT)M[?>6RQZD5@PA36QI7&YA! M5[=I:49]^%`-[""SQUPWAKQNO!]N60I7< MMBBA[C%\X[CI43S(GV_98*@MB&HBWX2!(4NOQSH2CU2$"I"KG3]*7<@WM0G!%U#&++T>JS?\#CY*K9F)T\=VY@O5DQN!K3R MVW07/NDZ]8!*EI'@R[2&V`QDZ?58+^%Q2U6J-3(Z2PPNP,HL)69`*\=-ZQ!4 M.S)0Y8+(.J^N3`Q9>CW6*03<=-I0Z-+S84B!FH&%&@UHY=@%JM7[!UZ#8.GH M+*-'_:HO0KP-9<*H1:BT!@MT44(N8WD3\KOY0J?-AK.<+Z3'*9W%?$'[+&74 M#)0S=9U8,[V&0#B#6IWR^X>[0=S-(%B#BYL@ZD/,9#?([9GL!]&/S826B]TUT&1]6#>%6UF0Z,ZN&<"M/UP/#K1K"K2(Z,<=GWQ%F MM4K.;DH//\JUD82+9-PX>GV(<%3NE50#*D]JG"3=H0U``9=4`1RJH=>TX5[2 M$XDKLZ&+,"'H5YO7QJ;$63VAN3-?)^GE#FF=@0[F(NI4WA0V768$9>]855"-8T\I(@($B0NG3N*6%H":CW0N!=!?#E?T,49K>/YWS-^1W[B^=OY M`E[IA'.MP,MLZZE*A4&K75@Y;/VSOQLVV:"=T MZA'&XH)=S#<+8A=#G)-@JRC9?-XS%VW_>NU?567#L*](>5VX*ZLL9)'5%I3> M'`Z"'[W!,Z;C$A7UDND%NBX?'0SR$L7BYGIUF+6,?=J4NSJ)APQJ0%<.R53> M9C#'!CVKC[G/6AQ=;-F:M+^O'W'8OQCHH)]C3%VQ8B5.4KLZ_(KS"1A2Q,;$&73'S6G7S04V-J:<'.@MQ]9K02[+VOCQ%'T3NT,9OU%^Z2)9))U-$,-(R_E9:8=$V8(,>%0O_`<7B/QWJC:V#UG_<=UUDGD;P+ MBR'18@-S=4@9$@W9?5Z->79]RC3\#619T^,PK2=Z7R%]S?7SI<\P5-V3/C\D M*MR3,]98Q&&K;^EOL]5#^O2>]%D6P#7I(R)&@[)-CTY-T*4NZ&4>-J<+<6DT M>G#I_!%KDF6/$Z'BVKI9<$=;8UO%5R)O#.,6,[EG3:U:H,?6YLB\PZ)$<&$_ M\M>'S_GK4">Q;2I.#KN/2QD=VO+GE)4E_P-FTURV96YD7!E("]086=E41O8U1I=&QE(&9A;'-E"CX^"CX^"F5N9&]B:@HW(#`@;V)J"CP\ M+U1Y<&4O17AT1U-T871E"B]/4$T@,3X^96YD;V)J"C$R(#`@;V)J"CP\+U(W M"C<@,"!2/CX*96YD;V)J"C$S(#`@;V)J"CP\+U(Q,0HQ,2`P(%(O4CD*.2`P M(%(^/@IE;F1O8FH*,3$@,"!O8FH*/#PO0F%S949O;G0O1T=05D%:*TAE;'9E M=&EC82]&;VYT1&5S8W)I<'1O7!E+T5N8V]D:6YG+T)A%LP("TR,3@@-C"]2+W0O:2]S979E;B]3+V5I9VAT+W4O22]N:6YE+W!EF5R;RDO1F]N=$9I;&4S(#$T(#`@4CX^"F5N9&]B:@HQ-"`P(&]B M:@H\/"]&:6QT97(O1FQA=&5$96-O9&4*+U-U8G1Y<&4O5'EP93%#+TQE;F=T M:"`R.#,MWP08]:#N.@04#&HX3"@(D2\4`R()&H8%3"# M&*(D&LVFFOW(D_T&\B2[?_=//]U?==5;]5:]]=&4PR"*INE7PP1-AF!6)ROM M7][B"%H<.4@<)4%8UQO0N]]Q%!69_WBP*'>BD),$.3D4CG1:[=+K,U3\=8CX M[>L#07+I0KJ4?N81%[-XW/CQ7G/UABRC.C7-S/OX^_OS*[/X/RS\/,&D3M7Q M8\E+AJ#1&[2"SCR1CQ4$WIPF\"EJC\S6*%4JM8X/,1)K=/I* MC3J9CU0G"SJ3,(Y/T1MYS<`'GZS7J=1FM5YGFLC/-O%*WF00DM5*#2]D)@L& MN\&+-PA&K=ID(N^\VL2G&I4ZLZ#BS7I>K4O6I*OL\.0\1:\S\P:CGMBUQ$)" M1>M-9E.R46TP\P0Q>E[(0([F-*79CFM2$S.O3R%_JO3)Z?9J_K29E6J=B3<+ MF68[SDJ!5ZE-!HTRB^"24`:CNC^%=)-:E_H7NA=O%%*51I5&,/7'M;/R5WW\ M?U6M-!@T6?V^^OZ__L17FTV")F7B?+5V9;J)CU42MT@^1DA-URB-_W/X5Y?^ MO[Y1%#5*IQ*BC:FF&+,Z-CU8KOU&G3_?PGCJ&H!50P%4+Y4+%4 M&+6(FD+%41&4+Q5/>5)1U!PJ@1I*N5!22D8-HSCJ#'4$,J1DI.Q MHARH>=0!ZB7M1V?0OP]:-:A%\JID@J1,\M2!=G!U^,RAP]'7,6[ILKD2#G^O5WDI;:(RV/E,N]`E*!=-H?ME!)_LU7TM,),"WW4!A?: M)>*67BWGAXN8M+K8XF#$XI&3,8T#<+`-T_#F-[7'&L\J0NY(\7NBDNNZ$H"' MXL$+`Z9,FO\`G,'Y^H/'"GO(5@AK!M]66MP'&SET?]OY]17J[P(NC"/AQD[` M#G@6GO7X37@;G-J;@2E03&?,(4M3PU`\6EZD/[/VLZV?95]@(\<7?]-V,^((!]@+\=)'=4L"`N*73%8XPW>$LTS+=HO++<*9J^SZ MK3\(.R)%=P_7G#Y^]/"1/5=SV(=2F7?NAJTYFT;$H96KEP2RLN@G=L:PK@6& MMHI>K?1Q&]2T2D1OXA\D53:\>SR,5.CN@UD\.55Y^OS! M)@1#6#%"BC.CN*ZZ(.R*A\8%3?%>U`HR<+EL?41XWFGN3Z+:!IMM$C%"=.:R M7X1>Q8-)#LXS(CW]*U7PNE9AS;RZH3`#">Z)B:OF+!?R/LV0;SRX[>#V,G8* MLQL/;EX(HQ`+;AV-SZU)5:./*`(.A_Y3]RDJA]C4#_:5 M*0!_)W4&(^GH\U]/:\0Q"EZ^'/W:;7!W[U*B`\"7?FRI34(P[4F60M:E;NVQ3 M-)J!X@ZG51I.O/]YSEG"6TY87M+QY-K0CE20(!OZVE)=6E-1THANH*[8)H]C M^.\U;E.*5A>CR^R=QIH?@6V,]\J1VX5Q6TRTN#2VP^[V67==9<_%C#?$`C]< M*^5C@WW#E:=OR$6I7Y^'U+Y['HKJCE68`O][`<)Q!.! M3OA-^P/37[;]M+E#`E[D=/IO6E)I/XQW*UUI@SRBYQ,UW.9=.]!VQ.K6'3RJ M@.O2[M!:S`5%IJO2Y";#!]I=B]D.YN.ORH];$7NW4I^@2)>BM(SUX5OPJ^NS M=JS>.-^H68I"6:^F!?]JJBN\6"_?$W_4=!'EH[S<8Q\304,HA_1;WC.:U9J5 MZQ(1&R&4U%TJ*WZ4I^@\<&AW<1Y+)K5?<#2QPD,=L$QV`5B'+T8 MF(OWX2AL<7S"@#LL`U>\C.R[@3JL5KJJ"\JZ)%#+8136P`>?KW2[^2I]1&%Q,5!CH\J1Y/$)8MFS!NXM(?(1[BJY\\ M4?3O2QH.=$K@@)C+]>5V]B8LE&HPO78]'OD>&RFUSXE5?-#BI";5EJXG*C+C"1A`%W7,W%1J\P+T;LW.BK+9=+3C^^VI^W3:PD&]6_ M2R)^:./Z7F'V7CU19OORV46WGRY^>9M,8;WIDK)<6;[X4!CR06&K50N,PJ:D M77/93N;#\WN.'R@LK#IWM`ZQ]Z_%!,6N6A*9JIBT&'M,7Q&V!7N[BQIFX"JX MT^HB*KI"NNPJ6@-6;C]3EN/84YLT;?*B^$GCEYY_L4U!UD;,OI3\U:6A+6D] M9'6,_<$&P[O2:J<=5\@>-AT]6?OU<'!^YS8>@4<'!>+Q.^6=3$[5[J+]GUHJ MSA1=0JRU>MFLA"RM:IW"](%F1U0VV]\4\+Q'PWW2E_LPD\,S.V'F+_?>$E>0 M!7BW+\9QHA0NW..PD0$CW'#L3Q5L5IADH\4`0HB!S$;?(":^[PW'!\P7-:?R M"L.1WWC>8^27KTLY?@"?S$IWAD0O)& M[4I%,20ZPOD!%N"Z%6+(X#V!?/D<-J$KU22A+;LJIW,.Z M:*_)"R+>\8]J?MQY[;IM8"#%GT@=^?8:=+ZBC,&!>%L(]HC'&]@?F`I8^P@6 M@R^HV8'<3MP!D]6EK"NB"[+)PU76(XX07^%NGRDJM5]]$E\KD=;0*8%8$EZ4 M^LURN>S%.ZKDZ,#A^(T??8`'_L> MN=E<<^:.0O8"USIT7HOUF[X@UF?J@BOM[=SHW<_%2?&P=2'!"#,HLBBQ6GTT\]BFV^DL M/B)=OD>PF$O6%^[(W];(SF"V8L6W?O#F9G9,_0OIQ=UE^T]:KI:>NF7/V5"[ M\.2:@QL_FE3,0J[TYL[J=W/FL/<8!,R<.WCP7O:B-+J/YF84I%2@ZZBILNK. M/K8>/^)^UI[0HG"D6I]F6&,R&S>OV,XZFPO%`@M$62(+&>NK#U^S?N3D]'"O MTV"*^@^[AO48"F5N9'-T7!E+T9O M;G1$97-C1)JTFL:8; M`_("5$FH%8I(>2DX]MF^<+DS=W9B)[:34)(T/!T001(G0%S"%:HTH%#:)&WI M6-_0!.O6%ZC8VDTPB;337KJMZW[G/IZTYY(M3-H?DZ:33G?W?9[?Y_?R?8YE MLK,8EF47/24UB_K#%:KLM5[+S`=8\\$L<[D-1[Y].+TA9SE3>R)GL9EG9[#= MANW98P_R\I)T]GWF'^\Q;]X['^1'[&EVAC6+MM1O+5ZYLJ12#48UR1\(H4?+ MR\M18Q3]2T%5HB[Y%51`'UI$60TVBTJH%&T6110*B,@GR2)R;:FH?:(2%:V3 MW5ZOI*#U&E5=X499\J!:R2,JNEB,?*J&Y/D7Y%$5KQ225$4O1>MTY$9Z4/1( M;AF)$8\8M(02%!2U9DG7Z3.2=.37W$I(]**0BB3%(X>]%IY^]ZE*"`4UE>K- M5*&A7*H>TCV:%`PA2G15K9_/,11PARRN+E$9J3ZZTJMZPE8U"UK(+2DZ"HF1 MD,5I%)%7TH.R.TJY-%10D^92".N2XK]#+T&:Z'=K7EG4Y^):7;E3'_J/JMW! MH!R=VZO.K5K@2R%=E'VEFZ3FQK".ZM5FMX(VJ>6H%M6)7BG<_-_"G7']?P-D M&&;1NKI-E4^ZJM?7;]C(,"N84J:,>8AYA'F4*6`*F>\R14PQ8Z=.8;(9F?DE MNXH=SV*SPEE_LC789K,#V3?A8&[:APU8^PKH*=B<8M/5AK.7\^+V%YZ&NXEN MCBU3.:)E9L32CMCV??=KL,O@78="@_A%G#QBO/#VR"O+(,R=73WDQV']?R:].;G?5F$CS1GLWUXSST"9+?VX^8TST\_C MS?&.M?OI\IL&OWJ@:Q!_+)B;>/S)R,BUPX)!#O-D1T8F.TPYA_1KW+7N8PF\ M5G'G,2O<2E\//9FO9!1>%P?BU?LHR%:#?Z'1Z.C%KJ`=\R8FS.OYIPQ;W'X MO63R9P,TBST:?WW_:`NN$LC[/`T>>3-]UP1[$:IMZ>]`B=-5MT??%E$ZFKI5 M_`2N/:=<4GX2_P1_)8#G*F2!_8VIJ#B5-^4=:SJW1C`@$>3B@<[."-Z'8X?" M`ZY3VP>W8X%L)\6DE.PFC5!("L#S\>7CD^_DOWSR9&KF+2$W/1J92"^;8,]! M-?R=U21P.,P+M.>.#YLP>G3WP^ M/OU3?$,`H>0#\OT\\BGGF-'XC[J'VW&UD*%CJDNT[NA^#G?U=5H3_ZW!_V!@ MWU%\37`TF/'LL>-#$[^9V$68V@YQ;RA/;VW:7X5I*678T,9-.$NI7\.JI8XB M\S:=3>8ZYTAJ_(>]H^VX0+PUWKGN6<$1T,Q?\Q?`FZ-R\L96U:_L]#W5 MO@8+-9'D5#[T\,#B5[U#1!!>A-F]7(QP7C]AGA<@QI]/'KT$W[LHD?N-/(.; M+_8?"UB7^9F%OP,=U`:#P[7"*6[N3,V3@*-]K8$U2QTWTKL,9Q0G M^KN29"><7W9YU$B>,5XZ?>P"GA&`+[I":O[=X.L]PS%<.=?@BJZNU99%9Q=. M!S23N%34Q[YZ6_+UMTOXU M!^YX9Y)ZYQ(\8DOWP@4G^;W&W>H9Z<1;A!5\@Q+>6.L>G6K*V_5NRRT,=@'$ M*V"#Q:]3YT[G38ECTO]V;B-U;@%Y"'Q_!?;4^:OYX*#'>'#HTR-6!O0?\_8; M,&ZPW]!^=,,JF]D/OW*2-AYO:XM76.W^TN`KC[8G\47!I$-X*W7L%];Y_Y+: MK2?5CI\6B(=T@V=.^FVP5<<:1NF4:"-SVU- MF>X4;$UQ$W<#6C0Q8;<#&K,O9IA_`N.^7.(*96YD')E M9@HP(#$X"C`P,#`P,#`P,#`@-C4U,S4@9B`*,#`P,#`P,C@V,"`P,#`P,"!N M(`HP,#`P,#`Y,3F4@,3@@+U)O;W0@,2`P(%(@+TEN9F\@ M,B`P(%(*+TE$(%L\-#4X,38Q,S!"-S%!0D(V13`Y-3$V.$1!0C0T.#E!030^ M/#0U.#$V,3,P0C EX-10 3 exhibit1014.htm EXHIBIT 10.14 .

EXHIBIT 10.14











THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY



OFFICERS’ SUPPLEMENTAL NON-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN





Restated Effective January 1, 2007




TABLE OF CONTENTS


   Page

Article

Numbers


I

Definitions

1.1

Average Monthly Earnings

1

1.2

Beneficiary

1

1.3

Change in Control

1

1.4

Committee

1

1.5

Disability

1

1.6

Disabled Participant

1

1.7

Early Retirement

2

1.8

Officer

2

1.9

Officer Service

2

1.10

Participant

2

1.11

Normal Retirement Date

2

1.12

Nonqualified Plan

2


II

Participation

2


III

Benefits

3.1

Normal Retirement Benefit

2

3.2

Early Retirement Benefit

3

3.3

Disability Retirement Benefit

3

3.4

Vested Benefit

3

3.5

Forfeitures

4


IV

Distributions

4.1

Time and Form of Benefit Payment

4

4.2

Benefits on Change in Control

5

4.3

Withholding; Payroll Taxes

5


V

Administration and Financing

5.1

Committee

5

5.2

Appointment of Plan Administrator

5

5.3

Funding

5

5.4

Legal Competency

5

5.5

Nonalienation of Benefits

6


VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

6.1

Employment and Other Rights

6

6.2

Offset to Benefits

6

6.3

Amendment and Termination

6

6.4

Interpretation

6

6.5

Illegality of Any Provision

6

6.6

Headings

7

6.7

Gender and Number

7

6.8

Claims

7

6.9

409A

7





THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY


OFFICERS’ SUPPLEMENTAL NON-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT PLAN




Effective January 1, 1994, The Standard Register Company, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), adopted this Officers’ Supplemental Non-Qualified Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) to enable Participants to earn additional retirement income.  This Plan is intended to be an unfunded, non-qualified retirement program exempt from the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), except as specifically provided in that statute.  Effective January 1, 2007, the Plan is restated to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code as of January 1, 2005 and to make other changes.  Because the Plan as restated is materially different from the Plan in effect prior to January 1, 2005, all Plan benefits are subject to Section 409A.



ARTICLE I


DEFINITIONS


When used in this Plan, the following terms have the meaning given in this Article, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context.


1.1

Average Monthly Earnings.  Average Monthly Earnings has the same meaning given to it under the Qualified Plan.


1.2

Beneficiary.  “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated or deemed to be designated by the Participant pursuant to Article IV to receive benefits payable under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death.


1.3

Change in Control.  “Change in Control” shall mean a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in the effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, all of a character within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and controlling Department of the Treasury guidance.  For a Participant employed by a Selected Affiliate, a Change in Control means a Change in Control of the Company or a Change in Control, as described above, of the Selected Affiliate by whom the Participant is employed.


1.4

Committee.  Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.


1.5

Disability.  “Disability” means a Participant’s is either (i) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months or (ii) by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months and the Participant is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company or the Selected Affiliate by whom the Participant is employed.  


1.6

Disabled Participant.  Disabled Participant means a Participant who has a Disability.



-1-



1.7

Early Retirement.  Early Retirement means the date that a Participant retires before his Normal Retirement Date, but after reaching age 55 and completing at least ten (10) years of Credited Service (as defined under the Qualified Plan).


1.8

Officer.  Officer means a person who has been duly elected by the Company’s Board of Directors to serve as an Officer of the Company.


1.9

Officer Service.  Officer Service means all the years and whole months that a Participant has served as an Officer of the Company, including, without limitation, all such service prior to the effective date of this Plan.  However, no Participant will earn Officer Service for his first five (5) years of service as an Officer.


1.10

Normal Retirement Date.  Normal Retirement Date has the same meaning given to it under the Qualified Plan.


1.11

Qualified Plan.  Qualified Plan means The Stanreco Retirement Plan.



ARTICLE II


PARTICIPATION


Participation in this Plan is limited to those Officers of the Company who are designated by the Committee on the recommendation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.



ARTICLE III


BENEFITS


3.1

Normal Retirement Benefit.  Each Participant will earn a benefit, payable at his Normal Retirement Date, subject to Section 4.1 regarding the time and form of payment, equal to the lesser of (a) or (b), reduced by the sum of (c) and (d):


(a)

consists of the sum of (i), (ii) and (iii) as follows:


(i)

the benefit payable at Normal Retirement Date to the Participant under the Qualified Plan, based on the normal form of benefit provided under that plan;


PLUS


(ii)

the benefit payable at Normal Retirement Date to the Participant under The Standard Register Company Non-Qualified Retirement Plan;


PLUS


(iii)

3.05% of the Participant’s Average Monthly Earnings, multiplied by the number of years of the Participant’s Officer Service prior to the date on which the Participant attains age 65;



-2-



(b)

50% of the Participant’s Average Monthly Earnings;


(c)

the benefit payable at Normal Retirement Date to the Participant under the Qualified Plan, based on the normal form of benefit provided under that plan;


(d)

the benefit payable at Normal Retirement Date to the Participant under The Standard Register Company Non-Qualified Retirement Plan.


For purposes of this Section, the benefit payable under the Qualified Plan will be calculated as if the Participant made all contributions required to earn a benefit under the Qualified Plan and rejected the pre-retirement survivor annuity available under the Qualified Plan.


3.2

Early Retirement Benefit.  A Participant who terminates employment after his or her Early Retirement eligibility will receive his or her benefit in accordance with Section 4.1.  The amount of the benefit will be determined in accordance with Section 3.1 as of the Participant’s termination of employment with such benefit adjusted using the early retirement factors in the Qualified Plan to reflect the early commencement of the benefit.


3.3

Disability Retirement Benefit.  If a Participant is determined to have a Disability prior to his Normal Retirement Date, no benefits will be payable from this Plan until the earlier of:


(a)

the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date; or


(b)

the date the Committee determines that the Participant is no longer Disabled.


The Disabled Participant will continue to accrue Officer Service under this Plan as if he continued to be employed by the employer and is earning Credited Service under the Qualified Plan.  The benefits payable from this Plan on the earliest of (a) or (b) above, will be calculated in accordance with the provisions of this Article III, including the period of Officer Service which is credited under this Section 3.3.


3.4

Vested Benefit.  


Subject to Section 3.5, a Participant will be fully vested in benefits earned under this Plan if he terminates:


(i)

at or after his Normal Retirement Date;


(ii)

after qualifying for Early Retirement;


(iii)

after becoming Disabled; or


(iv)

because of death.


All benefits accrued under this Plan will be forfeited if the Participant terminates employment for any other reason.



-3-



3.5

Forfeitures.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.4, the unpaid portion of any benefit accrued under this Plan shall be forfeited if the Participant:


(a)

is convicted of a felony committed during and arising out of the Participant’s employment with the Company;


(b)

engages, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company after termination of employment with the Company;


(c)

discloses any of the Company’s confidential or proprietary information to any person not entitled to receive it.


As used herein, the phrase “engages, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company” shall include, without limitation, owning, managing, operating, controlling, being employed by, acting as an agent, officer, director of, or consultant to, or being involved in any manner with the ownership, management, operation, control or financing of any business which is in competition with the Company, provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit a Participant or Beneficiary from owning less than 5% of the outstanding stock of any publicly held corporation which engages in competition with the Company.



ARTICLE IV


DISTRIBUTIONS


4.1

Time and Form of Benefit Payment.  Subject to Section 4.2, benefits under this Plan will be paid in ten substantially equal annual installments.  The first such installment shall be paid on the later of first day of the seventh month following the later of the Participant’s termination of employment or the first day of the month following the Participant’s Early Retirement date.  Subsequent annual installments shall be paid each January.  The monthly benefit determined in accordance with Sections 3.1 and 3.2, if applicable, will be converted into a single sum as of the first of the month following the Participant’s termination of employment (the determination date) using the factors set forth in the Qualified Plan, as amended from time to time, that are applicable to benefits payable from the Qualified Plan as of such determination date.  Such lump sum will be credited with interest compounded annually at the rate used to determine the lump sum amount from such determination date, and such lump sum will be charged with the annual installments paid to the Participant or his Beneficiary.  The first such installment shall be one tenth of the accumulated lump sum; the second annual installment shall be one ninth of the accumulated lump sum and so forth until the accumulated lump sum is fully paid.  The Committee, at its discretion, may adjust the rate used to credit the unpaid lump sum with interest.


The Participant may name a Beneficiary who will receive any annual installments unpaid on the death of the Participant.  If upon the death of the Participant, there is no Beneficiary, the remaining installments shall be paid in a single sum as soon as practicable to the Participant’s estate.


If the Participant dies prior to termination of employment, the Participant’s benefit will be determined in the manner described above with the determination date the first day of the month after the death of the Participant and the lump sum shall be paid as soon as practical to the Beneficiary of the Participant.  If the Participant has no Beneficiary, the benefit shall be payable to the estate.



-4-



4.2

Benefits on Change in Control.  Upon the involuntary termination of employment of a Participant by the Company or successor in interest to the Company within the one year period following a Change in Control, then on the first day of the seventh month following such termination of employment, the Plan shall pay to the Participant in a single sum the amount determined in accordance with Section 4.1 assuming the first day of the month after the Participant’s termination of employment is the Participant’s determination date.  A Participant shall be deemed to have an involuntary termination of employment if following a Change in Control, the Participant is not offered a position with the Company or the successor to the Company that is similar in responsibility and compensation to the position of the Participant prior to the Change in Control or the Participant’s normal place of work is relocat ed to a place of work that is more than fifty miles from his normal place of work prior to the Change in Control and within six months of the Change in Control the Participant voluntary terminates employment with the Company.


If a Participant or Beneficiary is receiving annual installments at the time of a Change in Control, the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s remaining lump sum shall be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary in a single sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Change in Control.


4.3

Withholding; Payroll Taxes.  The Company will deduct from each benefit payment any amount required under applicable law to be withheld in advance payment of the recipient’s income or other taxes.  If the Company is required to withhold any current taxes on any amount accrued under this Plan, the deduction will be taken against compensation paid by the Company to the Participant.  Determination by the Company of the amount to be withheld is binding on the Participant and any Beneficiary.



ARTICLE V


ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCING


5.1

Committee.  Any successor Committee will have all of the rights, powers, privileges and immunities given to the original members of the Committee.  Except as required by law, no Committee member will be required to give any bond or other security for the faithful performance of their duties as a Committee member.  The Committee will adopt any procedures and rules needed to administer the Plan.


5.2

Appointment of Plan Administrator.  The Committee shall appoint a Plan Administrator to administer the Plan.  The Plan Administrator will serve at the Committee’s pleasure and may be removed or may resign at any time.  The Plan Administrator will have only such rights, powers, privileges and immunities as may be given to the Plan Administrator by the Committee.  Except as required by law, the Plan Administrator will not be required to give any bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties as Plan Administrator.


5.3

Funding.  The Plan will not be funded in any respect.  Benefits will be paid solely from the Company’s general assets.


5.4

Legal Competency.  Any Plan benefits payable to any person who is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally incompetent to receive them will be paid to the guardian of the incompetent person or to the person having custody of the incompetent person without any further liability by the Company, the Committee or the Plan Administrator.



-5-




5.5

Nonalienation of Benefits.  Except as otherwise provided by law, no benefit, payment, or distribution under this Plan is subject to the claim of any creditor of a Participant or of a Beneficiary.  Further, no creditor of the Participant or Beneficiary may attach, garnishee, subject to a levy, or subject to execution or other legal or equitable process, any benefits payable from this Plan.  No Participant or Beneficiary may alienate, commute, anticipate or assign (either at law or in equity) all or any portion of any benefit, payment or distribution under this Plan.  The Plan will not in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts or any person entitled to receive benefits under this Plan.



ARTICLE VI


MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS


6.1

Employment and Other Rights.  Nothing in the Plan requires the Company to employ any Participant or requires any Participant to remain employed with the Company.  Nor does the Plan create any rights or obligations other than those specifically set forth in the Plan.  The benefits payable under the Plan are independent of, and in addition to, any other compensation or benefits payable by the Company.


6.2

Offset to Benefits.  Regardless of any Plan provision to the contrary, the Company may, if the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion agrees, offset any amounts to be paid to a Participant or a Beneficiary under the Plan against any amounts that the Participant owes to the Company.


6.3

Amendment and Termination.  Although the Company intends to continue this Plan indefinitely, the Company reserves the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time for any reason or for no reason at all.  The procedure for amending, suspending or terminating the Plan shall be by resolution duly adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, which shall possess sole authority to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan.  Further, if it is determined at any time for any reason by any agency of the United States Government or any court of competent jurisdiction, that the Plan does not qualify for the exclusions under Section 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act  (“ERISA”), the Plan shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of such determination, unless other action is taken by the Board of Directors of the Company.  In the event of any such amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan, those benefits which are fully vested at the time of such amendment, suspension shall be paid by the Company as provided in the Plan as if the Plan had not terminated.


6.4

Interpretation.  The Committee will interpret the Plan according to the laws of the State of Ohio and, when applicable, the laws of the United States in a manner that ensures that this Plan will be treated as a non-qualified retirement plan for executives and highly compensated employees, within the meaning of ERISA.  The Committee may adopt any additional rules or interpretative guidelines not specifically mentioned in this Plan if they are needed to administer the Plan and are not inconsistent with its purpose.


6.5

Illegality of Any Provision:  Any determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any part of this Plan is illegal or ineffective will not affect any other provision of the Plan not specifically included in the court’s determination.



-6-



6.6

Headings.  Section headings are for convenience only and do not create any additional rights, privileges or duties.


6.7

Gender and Number.  Where the context permits, words in the masculine gender will include the feminine gender, the plural will include the singular, and the singular will include the plural.


6.8

Claims.  All claims and appeals of claim denials under the Plan shall be processed by the Committee in accordance with the claims procedures described in the Qualified Plan.


6.9

409A.  The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be administered to conform to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and controlling Internal Revenue Service guidance.  If any term, provision or operation of the Plan shall violate Section 409A, the Committee shall construe the Plan as if it did not contain the offending term or provision or did not permit the offending operation and the remaining provisions of the Plan shall not be affected thereby.




-7-



As evidence of its adoption of this Plan, The Standard Register Company has caused this instrument to be signed by its duly authorized officers this 26th day of October, 2006.




THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY





By:  /s/ Kathryn L. Lamme


Title:  Sr. Vice President, General Counsel &

           Secretary





-8-


EX-10 4 exhibit1015.htm EXHIBIT 10.15 .

EXHIBIT 10.15











THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY



SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT  PLAN













Effective January 1, 2007




TABLE OF CONTENTS



   Page

Article

Numbers


I

1.1

Statement of Purpose

1


II

Definitions

2.1

Account

2

2.2

Affiliate

2

2.3

Base Salary

2

2.4

Beneficiary

2

2.5

Board

2

2.6

Bonus

2

2.7

Change in Control

3

2.8

Code

3

2.9

Committee

3

2.10

Compensation

3

2.11

Company

3

2.12

Credited Service

3

2.13

Disability

3

2.14

Early Retirement

3

2.15

Employer

4

2.16

Investment Return Rate

4

2.17

Participant

4

2.18

Plan

4

2.19

Plan Year

4

2.20

Retirement

4

2.21

Selected Affiliate

4

2.22

Valuation Date

4



III

Eligibility and Participation

3.1

Eligibility

5

3.2

Participation

5

3.3

Ineligible Participant

5


IV

Annual Allocation

4.1

Amount of Allocation

6

4.2

Crediting Deferred Compensation

6


V

Benefit Accounts

5.1

Valuation of Account

7

5.2

Crediting of Gains, Losses and Earnings to Accounts

7

5.3

Statement of Account

7

5.4

Vesting of Account

7




TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)



   Page

Article

Numbers



VI

Payment of Benefits

6.1

Payment of Account upon Death, Disability or Retirement

8

6.2

Payments to Beneficiaries

8

6.3

Payment on Change in Control

8

6.4

Small Benefit

8


VII

Beneficiary Designation

7.1

Beneficiary Designation

9

7.2

Change of Beneficiary Designation

9

7.3

No Designation

9

7.4

Effect of Payment

9


VIII

Administration

8.1

Committee

10

8.2

Agents

10

8.3

Binding Effect of Decisions

10

8.4

Indemnification of Committee

10

8.5

Authority of Committee to Modify Benefits

10

8.6

Offset to Benefits

10


IX

Amendment and Termination of Plan

9.1

Amendment

11

9.2

Termination

11


X

Miscellaneous

10.1

Funding

12

10.2

Nonassignability

12

10.3

Captions

12

10.4

Governing Law

12

10.5

Successors

12

10.6

Legal Competency

13

10.7

Claims

13

10.8

Right to Continued Service

13

10.9

Electronic or Other Media

13

10.10

Compliance with Section 409A

13





ARTICLE I




1.1

Statement of Purpose


This is The Standard Register Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) made in the form of this Plan and in related agreements between the Employer and certain management or highly compensated employees.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide designated officers with an additional retirement benefit.  It is intended that the Plan will assist in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as officers of the Employer.  The Plan is effective as of January 1, 2007.



-1-



ARTICLE II




Definitions


When used in this Plan and initially capitalized, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated:


2.1

Account


“Account” means a Participant’s Accumulation Account, which is an account, maintained on the financial records of the Employer for the purpose of accounting for the Employer Contribution described in Article IV and for the amount of deemed investment return credited pursuant to Article V.


1.2

Affiliate


“Affiliate” means any company in an unbroken chain of companies beginning with the Company if each of the companies other than the last company in the chain owns or controls, directly or indirectly, stock possessing not less than 80 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies.



2.3

Base Salary


“Base Salary” means a Participant’s base earnings paid by the Employer to a Participant without regard to any increases or decreases in base earnings as a result of (i) an election to defer base earnings under The Standard Register Deferred Compensation Plan or (ii) an election between benefits or cash provided under a plan of an Employer maintained pursuant to Sections 125, 132(f)(4) or 401(k) of the Code.


2.4

Beneficiary


“Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated or deemed to be designated by the Participant pursuant to Article VII to receive benefits payable under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death.


2.5

Board


“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


2.6

Bonus


“Bonus” means a Participant’s bonus paid by the Employer to a Participant without regard to any decreases as a result of (i) an election to defer all or any portion of a bonus under The Standard Register Company Deferred Compensation Plan or (ii) an election between benefits or cash provided under a plan of an Employer maintained pursuant to Sections 125, 132(f)(4) or 401(k) of the Code.  Payments made pursuant to a long-term incentive based on a performance period exceeding one 12-month period are not considered in determining a Participant’s Bonus.



-2-




2.7

Change in Control


“Change in Control” shall mean a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in the effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, all of a character within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and controlling Department of the Treasury guidance.  For a Participant employed by a Selected Affiliate, a Change in Control means a Change in Control of the Company or a Change in Control, as described above, of the Selected Affiliate by whom the Participant is employed.


2.8

Code


“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


2.9

Committee


“Committee” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.


2.10

Compensation


“Compensation” means the Base Salary and Bonus, payable with respect to a Participant for each Plan Year.


2.11

Company


“Company” means The Standard Register Company and any successor(s) thereto.


2.12

Credited Service


“Credited Service” means the sum of all periods of a Participant’s service with the Company or a Selected Affiliate as an officer of the Company or a Selected Affiliate and, such Credited Service, if any, as credited by the Committee in accordance with Section 8.5.   An officer means a person duly elected by the Company’s Board.


2.13

Disability


“Disability” means a Participant is either (i) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months or (ii) by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, the Participant is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company or the Selected Affiliate by whom the Participant is employed.  


2.14

Early Retirement


“Early Retirement” means the first day of any month after the Participant has attained age 55 while an Employee of the Company or a Selected Affiliate and the completion of 10 years of Credited Service.



-3-




2.15

Employer


“Employer” means, with respect to a Participant, the Company or the Selected Affiliate that pays such Participant’s Compensation.


2.16

Investment Return Rate


“Investment Return Rate” means the rate, compounded annually, as determined by the Committee, to determine the return on investment for the Plan.  Currently, the Investment Return Rate is 6% per annum, compounded annually, or such amount determined from time to time by the Committee.  Any change in the Investment Return Rate will apply prospectively to a Participant’s Account on the effective date of the change.


2.17

Participant


“Participant” means an officer of the Company or a Selected Affiliate designated by the Board.


2.18

Plan


“Plan” means The Standard Register Company Select Officers Accumulation Plan, as amended from time to time.


2.19

Plan Year


“Plan Year” means a 12-month period commencing January 1 and ending the following December 31.


2.20

Retirement


“Retirement” means the termination of a Participant’s service and commencement of his or her benefit in accordance with the Plan.


2.21

Selected Affiliate


“Selected Affiliate” means an Affiliate the Company’s Board of Directors has affirmatively designated as a Selected Affiliate. Officers of such Affiliate will be eligible to participate in the Plan only if named by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article III.


2.22

Valuation Date


“Valuation Date” means a date on which the amount of a Participant’s Account is valued as provided in Article V.  The Valuation Date shall be the end of the Plan Year and any other date determined by the Committee.



-4-



ARTICLE III




Eligibility and Participation


3.1

Eligibility


Eligibility to participate in the Plan is limited to officers designated by the Board of Directors of the Company.  From time to time, the Committee shall prepare and attach to the Plan as Exhibit A, a complete list of the Participants by individual name.  The Board of Directors may at any time, in its discretion, stop contributions on behalf of any Participant, but such cessation of contributions shall only apply to contributions related to Compensation payable to the Participant after the date of the Board of Directors action.  In such event, the Participant’s Account shall continue to be credited at the Investment Return Rate and shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Plan.


3.2

Participation


Any designation of an officer of the Company or a Selected Affiliate to participate in the Plan shall be effective on the date designated by the Board of Directors and shall apply to a Participant’s Compensation paid after the date of designation, unless the Board of Directors provides that the effective date of the designation shall be a day prior to the designation date; provided, however, such deemed designation date shall not be earlier than the first day of the Plan Year of the date of designation.


3.3

Ineligible Participant


Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, if the Committee determines that any Participant may not qualify as a “management or highly compensated employee” within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or regulations thereunder, the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, that such Participant shall cease to be eligible to participate in this Plan.  Upon such determination, the Committee shall hold the Participant’s Account until payment could otherwise be made in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  



-5-



ARTICLE IV




Annual Allocation


4.1

Amount of Allocation


Subject to Section 3.2, with respect to each Plan Year, a Participant’s Account shall be credited with an amount equal to 15% of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.  In accordance with Section 8.5, this amount may be adjusted prospectively as deemed appropriate by the Committee.


4.2

Crediting Deferred Compensation


A Participant’s allocation under the Plan shall be credited by the Employer to the Account periodically, the frequency of which will be determined by the Committee.  To the extent that the Employer is required pursuant to any state, federal or local law to withhold any taxes or other amounts from a Participant’s allocation or a Participant’s Account when the Participant vests in his or her Account, the withholding will be taken against Compensation paid by the Employer directly to the Participant.  To the extent that the Employer is required to withhold any taxes or other amounts from a distribution to a Participant or Beneficiary, such amounts shall be withheld from the amounts distributed from the Plan.



-6-



ARTICLE V




Benefit Accounts


5.1

Valuation of Account


As of each Valuation Date, a Participant’s Account shall consist of the balance of the Participant’s Account as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus the Participant’s annual allocation credited pursuant to Section 4.2 since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus investment return credited as of such Valuation Date pursuant to Section 5.2, minus the aggregate amount of distributions, if any, made from such Account since the immediately preceding Valuation Date.


5.2

Crediting of Gains, Losses and Earnings to Accounts


As of each Valuation Date, each Participant’s Account shall be credited with gains based on the Investment Return Rate in effect for such valuation period.  The Committee specifically retains the right in its sole discretion to change the valuation, Amount of Allocation, and Investment Return Rate crediting procedures from time to time.  Until a Participant or his or her Beneficiary receives his or her entire Account, the unpaid balance thereof shall be credited with gains based on the applicable Investment Return Rate for each valuation period.


5.3

Statement of Account


The Committee shall provide to each Participant, as soon as practical after the close of each calendar year, a statement setting forth the balance of such Participant’s Account as of the last day of the preceding calendar year and showing all adjustments made thereto during such calendar year.


5.4

Vesting of Account


A Participant shall be 100% vested in his or her Account upon completion of 10 years of Credited Service, eligibility for Early Retirement, death or Disability.


Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the unpaid portion of a Participant’s Account shall be forfeited if the Participant:

(a) is convicted of a felony committed during and arising out of the Participant’s employment with the Company;

(b) engages, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company after termination of employment with the Company; or

(c) discloses any of the Company’s confidential or proprietary information to any person not entitled to receive it.


As used herein, the phrase “engages, directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company” shall include, without limitation, owning, managing, operating, controlling, being employed by, acting as an agent, officer, director or of consultant to, or being involved in any manner with the ownership, management, operation, control or financing of any business which is in competition with the Company, provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit a Participant or Beneficiary from owning less than 5% of the outstanding stock of any publicly held corporation which engages in competition with the Company.



-7-



ARTICLE VI




Payment of Benefits


6.1

Payment of Account upon Death, Disability, Early Retirement or Retirement


Upon the Death, Disability, or Retirement of a Participant, the Employer shall pay to the Participant or his Beneficiary a Deferred Benefit equal to the balance of his or her vested Account determined pursuant to Article V over a ten-year period, in substantially equal annual installments.  Upon the Participant’s retirement, the first such installment shall be payable as of the first day of the seventh month after the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company and all Selected Affiliates or the first day of the month after age 55, if later.  Upon the Disability of a Participant, the first annual installment shall be payable as soon as practicable after the Participant is determined to be disabled.  In the event of the death of the Participant while an employee, the first installment shall be paid to the Participant’s beneficiary as soon as practical after the death of the Participant.


6.2

Payments to Beneficiaries


In the event of the Participant’s death prior to his or her receipt of all annual installments, his or her Beneficiary will receive the Participant’s Account in 10 annual installments or if payments to the Participant have commenced, the remaining annual installments at such times as such installments would have become distributable to the Participant.  If the Beneficiary dies before the receipt of all installments, the remaining installments shall be paid in a lump sum to the estate of the Beneficiary.


6.3

Payment on Change in Control


Upon the involuntary termination of employment of a Participant by the Company or successor in interest to the Company within the one year period following a Change in Control, then on the first day of the seventh month following such termination of employment, the Plan shall pay to the Participant in a single sum the balance in his Account determined pursuant to Article V. A Participant shall be deemed to have an involuntary termination of employment if following a Change in Control, the Participant is not offered a position with the Company or the successor to the Company that is similar in responsibility and compensation to the position of the Participant prior to the Change in Control or the Participant’s normal place of work is relocated to a place of work that is more than fifty miles from his normal place of work prior to the Change in Control and within six months of the Change in Control the Participant voluntary terminates e mployment with the Company.


If a Participant or Beneficiary is receiving annual installments at the time of a Change in Control, the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s remaining Account shall be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary in a single sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Change in Control.


6.4

Small Benefit


In the event the Committee determines that the balance of a Participant’s vested Account and the Participant’s interest in all other non-qualified defined contribution plans sponsored by the Company or a Selected Affiliate total less than $10,000, the benefit paid from the Plan and such other non-qualified defined contribution plans shall be paid in a single sum on or before the later of December 31 of the year the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company and all selected Affiliates or the 15th day of the third month following such termination of employment.



-8-



ARTICLE VII




Beneficiary Designation


7.1

Beneficiary Designation


Each Participant shall have the sole right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as his Beneficiary to whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of his or her death prior to complete distribution to the Participant of his or her Account.  Any Beneficiary designation shall be made in a written instrument provided by the Committee.  All Beneficiary designations must be filed with the Committee and shall be effective only when received in writing by the Committee.


7.2

Change of Beneficiary Designation


Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the filing of a new Beneficiary designation, which will cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.  The designation of a Beneficiary may be made or changed at any time without the consent of any person.


7.3

No Designation


If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the Participant’s estate.


7.4

Effect of Payment


Payment to a Participant’s Beneficiary (or, upon the death of a primary Beneficiary, to the contingent Beneficiary or, if none, to the Participant’s estate) shall completely discharge the Employer’s obligations under the Plan.



-9-



ARTICLE VIII




Administration


8.1

Committee


The administrative committee for the Plan (the “Committee”) shall be those members of the Compensation Committee of the Board who are not Participants, as long as there are at least three such members.  The Committee shall have complete discretion to (i) supervise the administration and operation of the Plan, (ii) adopt rules and procedures governing the Plan from time to time, and, (iii) shall have authority to give interpretive rulings with respect to the Plan.  In the event there are not three such members of the Personnel and Compensation Committee, then the Board shall have the responsibility to appoint additional Committee members such that at all times the Committee is comprised of three members.


8.2

Agents


The Committee may appoint an individual, who may be an employee of the Company, to be the Committee’s agent with respect to the day-to-day administration of the Plan.  In addition, the Committee may, from time to time, employ other agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.


8.3

Binding Effect of Decisions


Any decision or action of the Committee with respect to any questions arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan shall be final and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.


8.4

Indemnification of Committee


The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee and their duly appointed agents under Section 8.2 against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to the Plan, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct by any such member or agent of the Committee.


8.5

Authority of Committee to Modify Benefits


Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee may at its discretion with respect to a single Participant or a group or groups of Participants modify the Plan by a resolution of the Committee to change the vesting rules by crediting additional Credited Service, the Investment Return Rate, Early Retirement eligibility, the percentage of Compensation to be allocated and the Plan’s administrative procedures;  provided, in no event shall the Committee take any action that would cause the operation of the Plan to violate Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.


8.6

Offset to Benefits


Regardless of any Plan provision to the contrary, the Company may, if the Committee in it’s sole and absolute discretion agrees, offset any amounts to be paid to the Participant or a Beneficiary under the Plan against any amounts that the Participant owes the Company.  



-10-



ARTICLE IX




Amendment and Termination of Plan


9.1

Amendment


The Board of Directors of the Company, on behalf of itself and of each Selected Affiliate, may at any time amend, suspend or reinstate any or all of the provisions of the Plan, except that no such amendment, suspension or reinstatement may adversely affect any Participant’s Account, as it existed on the day before the effective date of such amendment, suspension or reinstatement, without such Participant’s prior written consent and no such amendments, suspension or reinstatement shall change the time or method of payment for the Participant’s Account and earnings thereon as of the date of the change.


9.2

Termination


The Board of Directors of the Company, on behalf of itself and of each Selected Affiliate, in its sole discretion, may terminate this Plan at any time and for any reason whatsoever.  Upon termination of the Plan, the Committee shall take those actions necessary to administer any Accounts existing prior to the effective date of such termination; provided, however, that a termination of the Plan shall not adversely affect the value of a Participant’s Account, as it existed as of the day before the effective date of such termination, or the timing or method of distribution of a Participant’s Account.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination of the Plan shall not give rise to accelerated or automatic vesting of any Participant’s Account.



-11-



ARTICLE X




Miscellaneous


10.1

Funding


Participants, their Beneficiaries, and their heirs, successors and assigns, shall have no secured interest or claim in any property or assets of the Employer.  The Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Employer to pay money in the future.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may create an irrevocable trust, to hold funds to be used in payment of the obligations of Employer under the Plan.


10.2

Nonassignability


No right or interest under the Plan of a Participant or his or her Beneficiary (or any person claiming through or under any of them) shall be assignable or transferable in any manner or be subject to alienation, anticipation, sale, pledge, encumbrance or other legal process or in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of any such Participant or Beneficiary.  If any Participant or Beneficiary shall attempt to or shall transfer, assign, alienate, anticipate, sell, pledge or otherwise encumber his or her benefits hereunder or any part thereof or if by reason of his or her bankruptcy or other event happening at any time such benefits would devolve upon anyone else or would not be enjoyed by him or her, then the Committee, in its discretion, may terminate his or her interest in any such benefit to the extent the Committee considers necessary or advisable to prevent or limit the effects of such occurrence.  Ter mination shall be affected by the delivery of a written “termination declaration” to the last known address of the Participant or Beneficiary whose interest is adversely affected (the “terminated participant”).


10.3

Captions


The captions contained herein are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction hereof.


10.4

Governing Law


The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the State of Ohio.


10.5

Successors


The provisions of the Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company, its Selected Affiliates, and their respective successors and assigns.  The term successors as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company or a Selected Affiliate and successors of any such Company or other business entity.



-12-



10.6

Legal Competency


Any plan benefits payable to any person who is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be legally incompetent to receive them will be paid to the guardian of the incompetent person without any further liability of the Company or the Committee.


10.7

Claims


All claims and appeals of claim denials under the Plan shall be processed by the Committee in accordance with the claims procedure described in The Standard Register Employee Savings Plan.


10.8

Right to Continued Service


Nothing contained herein shall be construed to confer upon any Participant the right to continue to serve as an employee of the Employer or in any other capacity.


10.9

Electronic or Other Media


Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, including any provision that requires the use of a written instrument, the Committee may establish procedures for the use of electronic or other media in communications and transactions between the Plan or the Committee and Participants and Beneficiaries.  Electronic or other media may include, but are not limited to, e-mail, the Internet, intranet systems and automated telephonic response systems.


10.10

Compliance with Section 409A


The Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be administered to conform to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and controlling Internal Revenue Service guidance.  If any term, provision or operation of the Plan shall violate Section 409A, the Committee shall construe the Plan as if it did not contain the offending term or provision or did not permit the offending operation and the remaining provisions of the Plan shall not be affected thereby.




Executed this 12th day of December, 2006

THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY





By: /s/ Kathryn L. Lamme


Title:  Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary







-13-





Exhibit A – List of Participants and Effective Date of Participation







Name

Title

Date of Participation



Joseph P. Morgan, Jr.

Vice President, Chief Technology

January 1, 2007

Officer & General Manager, On

Demand Solutions



Thomas M. Furey

Vice President, Chief Supply Chain

January 1, 2007

Officer & General Manager, Document

Label Solutions





-14-


EX-10 5 exhibit1016.htm EXHIBIT 10.16 .

EXHIBIT 10.16

The Standard Register Company



2005 DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN












Effective – January 1, 2005








THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY


DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


Table of Contents


ARTICLE I

1

1.1 Statement of Purpose

1


ARTICLE II

1

DEFINITIONS

1

2.1 Account

1

2.2 Base Salary

1

2.3 Beneficiary

1

2.4 Board

1

2.5 Bonus Compensation

1

2.6 Change in Control

2

2.7 Code

3

2.8 Committee

3

2.9 Company

3

2.10 Compensation

3

2.11 Credited Service

3

2.12 Deferral Account

3

2.13 Deferral Benefit

3

2.14 Deferral Election

3

2.15 Disability

3

2.16 Early Retirement

4

2.17 Election Period

4

2.18 Eligible Employee

4

2.19 Employer

4

2.20 Hardship Withdrawal

4

2.21 In-Service Sub-Account

4

2.22 Investment Return Rate

4

2.23 Participant

4

2.24 Participation Agreement

5

2.25 Plan

5

2.26 Plan Year

5

2.27 Prior Plan

5

2.28 Prior Plan Deferrals

5

2.29 Regular Compensation

5

2.30 Retirement

5

2.31 Retirement Sub-Account

5

2.32 Selected Affiliate

5

2.33 Specified Employee

5

2.34 Sub-Account

6

2.35 Unforseeable Emergency

6




2.36 Valuation Date

6


ARTICLE III

6

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

6

3.1 Eligibility

6

3.2 Participation

6

3.3 Change in Participation Status

7

3.4 Ineligible Participant

7


ARTICLE IV

7

DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION

7

4.1 Amount of Deferral

7

4.2 Deferral Election Changes

7

4.3 Crediting Deferred Compensation

7


ARTICLE V

8

BENEFIT ACCOUNTS

8

5.1 Valuation of Account

8

5.2 Crediting of Gains, Losses and Earnings to Accounts

8

5.3 Statement of Account

8

5.4 Vesting of Account

8

5.5 Employer Contributions

9

5.6 Investment Vehicles

9


ARTICLE VI

9

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

9

6.1 Timing and Form of Payment

9

6.2 Payout Election Changes

10

6.3 Payment of Deferral Benefit upon Death, Disability or Retirement

11

6.4 Payment of Deferral Benefit upon Termination

11

6.5 Payments to Beneficiaries

12

6.6 Payments to Specified Employees

12

6.7 Hardship Withdrawal

12

6.8 Small Benefit

12

6.9 Payments Pursuant to Domestic Relations Orders

12



ARTICLE VII

13

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

13

7.1 Beneficiary Designation

13

7.2 Change of Beneficiary Designation

13

7.3 No Designation

13

7.4 Effect of Payment

13




ARTICLE VIII

13

ADMINISTRATION

13

8.1 Committee

13

8.2 Agents

13

8.3 Binding Effect of Decisions

13

8.4 Indemnification of Committee

14


ARTICLE IX

14

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

14

9.1 Amendment

14

9.2 Termination

14


ARTICLE X

14

MISCELLANEOUS

14

10.1 Funding

14

10.2 Interest of Participant

15

10.3 Nonassignability

15

10.4 Legal Fees and Expenses

15

10.5 Captions

16

10.6 Governing Law

16

10.7 Successors

16

10.8 Right to Continued Service

16

10.9 Electronic or Other Medial

16


ARTICLE XI

17

CLAIMS AND APPEAL PROCEDURES

17

11.1 Claims

17

11.2 Appeal of Adverse Benefit Determinations

18

11.3 Notification of Benefit Determination on Review

18

11.4 Definitions

19




EXHIBIT A

21


EXHIBIT B

22





ARTICLE I


1.1 Statement of Purpose


This is The Standard Register Company 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) made in the form of this Plan and in related agreements between the Employer and certain management or highly compensated employees.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide management and highly compensated employees of the Employer with the option to defer the receipt of portions of their compensation payable for services rendered to the Employer.  It is intended that the Plan will assist in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as officers and managers of the Employer.  The Prior Plan was effective as of January 1, 1998.  This Plan shall be deemed to have amended and restated the Prior Plan and, commencing on the Effective Date, shall govern all amounts credited to a Participant's Account other than Prior Plan Deferrals.  The terms of the Prior Plan shall remain in effect with respect to the portion of a Participant's Account consisting of Prior Plan Deferrals.


ARTICLE II


DEFINITIONS


When used in this Plan and initially capitalized, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings indicated:


2.1 Account.  “Account” means a Participant’s Deferral Account.  The sum of each Participant’s Sub-Accounts, in the aggregate, shall constitute his Deferral Account.


2.2 Base Salary.  “Base Salary” means a Participant’s base earnings paid by an Employer to a Participant without regard to any increases or decreases in base earnings as a result of (i) an election to defer base earnings under this Plan or (ii) an election between benefits or cash provided under a Plan of an Employer maintained pursuant to Section 125 or 401(k) of the Code and as limited in Exhibit A attached hereto.


2.3 Beneficiary.  “Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated or deemed to be designated by the Participant pursuant to Article VII to receive benefits payable under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death.


2.4 Board.  “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.


2.5 Bonus Compensation.  "Bonus Compensation" or "Bonus" shall mean Compensation where (i) the payment of the Compensation or the amount of the Compensation is contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months, and (ii) the performance criteria are not substantially certain to be met at the time a deferral election is permitted. Bonus Compensation may include payments based upon subjective performance criteria,  provided that the subjective performance criteria are



1



bona fide and relate to the performance of the Participant, a group of service providers that includes the Participant, or a business unit for which the Participant provides services (which may include the entire organization),  and  the determination that any subjective performance criteria have been met must not be made by the Participant or a family member of the Participant (as defined in § 267(c)(4) of the Code, applied as if the family of an individual includes the spouse of any member of the family), or a person under the effective control of the Participant or a family member of the Participant, and no amount of the compensation of the person making the determination is effectively controlled in whole or in part by the Participant or a family member of the Participant. Bonus Compensation may also include payments based on performance criteria that are not approved by a compensation committee of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bonus Compensation does not include any amount or portion of any amount that will be paid either regardless of performance, or based upon a level of performance that is substantially certain to be met at the time the criteria is established, or that is based solely on the value of, or appreciation in value of, the Company or the stock of the Company. Bonus Compensation shall be determined without regard to any decreases as a result of (i) an election to defer all or any portion of a Bonus under this Plan or (ii) an election between benefits or cash provided under a plan of the Employer maintained pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code.


2.6 Change in Control.  “Change in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement, provided, however, that, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if:


(a)  Any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity or person, or any syndicate or group deemed to be a person under Section 14 (d) (2) of the Exchange Act, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote in the election of directors of the Company, except that shares deemed beneficially owned by any Trustee under the Last Will and Testament of John Q. Sherman, deceased, or a trust created under an Agreement with William C. Sherman dated December 29, 1939, shall not be considered beneficially owned for purposes of this subparagraph.


(b)  During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Plan) individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board and any new directors, whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least three-fourths (3/4ths) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for



2



election was previously so approved (the “Incumbent Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof;


(c)  There occurs a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction involving the Company (a “Transaction”), in each case, with respect to which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such Transaction do not, immediately after the Transaction, own more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Company or other corporation resulting from such Transaction; or


(d)  All or substantially all of the assets of the Company are sold, liquidated or distributed.


2.7 Code.  “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


2.8 Committee.  “Committee” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.


2.9 Company.  “Company” means The Standard Register Company and Selected Affiliates (Standard Register) and any successor(s) thereto.


2.10 Compensation.  "Compensation" means the total gross cash compensation earned by a Participant for services rendered to the Employer.  Compensation shall include the Participant's Regular Compensation and Bonus Compensation.  Compensation eligible for deferral under the Plan shall be determined prior to deductions for any deferrals under any Plan described in Sections 125, 132(f) or 401(k) of the Code.


2.12 Deferral Account.  “Deferral Account” means the account maintained on the books of the Employer for the purpose of accounting for the amount of Compensation that each Participant elects to defer under the Plan and for the amount of investment return credited thereto for each Participant pursuant to Article V.  The sum of each Participant’s Sub-Accounts, in the aggregate, shall constitute his or her Deferral Account.


2.13 Deferral Benefit.  “Deferral Benefit” means the benefit payable to a Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to Article VI.


2.14 Deferral Election.  “Deferral Election” means the written election made by a Participant to defer Compensation pursuant to Article IV.


2.15 Disability.  Disability:  A Participant shall be considered to be suffering from a Disability if the Participant: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits



3



for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Participant's Employer.


2.17 Election Period.  "Election Period" with respect to a Plan Year means the period during which a Participant may file a Participation Agreement to defer the receipt of Regular Compensation or Bonus Compensation for a Plan Year.  For deferrals of Regular Compensation, the Election Period for a Plan Year shall be the 30 day period ending on the last day of the preceding Plan Year.  For deferrals of Bonus Compensation earned during a Plan Year, the Election Period shall be the 30 day period ending on the last day of the 6th month of the Plan Year.  Provided, however, that the Election Period for a Participation Agreement with respect to the first Plan Year in which an individual becomes an Eligible Employee shall be the 30 day period beginning on the first date on which the individual is an Eligible Employee, provided such individual does not participate in another deferred compensation plan maintained by the Employer that is required to be aggregated with the Plan for purposes of Section 1.409A-1(c)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.


2.18 Eligible Employee.  “Eligible Employee” means a highly compensated or management employee of the Company who is designated by the Committee, by name or group or description, as eligible to participate in the Plan.


2.19 Employer.  “Employer” means, with respect to a Participant, the Company or the Selected Affiliate which pays such Participant’s Compensation.


2.20 Hardship Withdrawal.  “Hardship Withdrawal” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7.


2.21 In-Service Sub-Account.  “In-Service Sub-Account” means, for purposes of distribution, the portion of a Participant’s Deferral Account that is distributable in accordance with terms of Section VI.  The Committee shall specify from time to time the maximum number of In-Service Sub-Accounts that can be established for any one Participant.


2.22 Investment Return Rate.  “Investment Return Rate” means:


(a)

In the case of an investment named in Exhibit B of a fixed income nature, the interest deemed to be credited,


(b)

In the case of an investment named in Exhibit B of an equity investment nature, the increase and decrease in deemed value and dividends deemed to be credited.


2.23 Participant.  “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who elects to participate by filing a Participation Agreement.



4




2.24 Participation Agreement.  “Participation Agreement” means the agreement filed by a Participant, in the form prescribed by the Committee, to defer his or her Compensation pursuant to Section 3.2 for a Plan Year, and to specify a time and form of payment for amounts attributable to the allocations to the Participant's Account for such Plan Year.


2.25 Plan.  “Plan” means The Standard Register Company 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan, as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.


2.26 Plan Year.  “Plan Year” means a twelve-month period commencing January 1 and ending the following December 31.


2.27 Prior Plan.  “Prior Plan” means The Standard Register Company Deferred Compensation Plan, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date of this Plan.


2.28 Prior Plan Deferrals.  "Prior Plan Deferrals" means the amount which, immediately prior to the Effective Date, was credited to the Participant's Account and which on such date was not subject to forfeiture, and any investment earnings allocated to such amount since the Effective Date.


2.29 Regular Compensation.  "Regular Compensation" means Compensation of a Participant which is not Bonus Compensation.


2.30 Retirement.  “Retirement” means the termination of a Participant who has reached age 55 with 10 years of service, or age 62, as defined under the Stanreco Retirement Plan.


2.31 Retirement Sub-Account.  Retirement Sub-Account means, for purposes of distribution, the portion of a Participant’s Deferral Account that is distributable in accordance with the terms of Section VI.


2.32 Selected Affiliate.  “Selected Affiliate” means (1) any company in an unbroken chain of companies beginning with the Company if each of the companies other than the last company in the chain owns or controls, directly or indirectly, stock possessing not less than 50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies, or (2) any partnership or joint venture in which one or more of such companies is a partner or venturer, each of which shall be selected by the Committee.


2.33 Specified Employee.  "Specified Employee" means a Participant, who as of the date of the Participant's Separation Date, is a  "key employee"  of the Company.  Provided, however, that no such Participant shall be considered to be a Specified Employee as of any date unless on such date the stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.


A Participant is a key employee if the Participant meets the requirements of Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) of the Code (applied in accordance with the Treasury



5



Regulations thereunder and disregarding Section 416(i)(5) of the Code) at any time during the 12-month period ending on a "specified employee identification date."  If the Participant is a key employee as of a specified employee identification date, the Participant is treated as a key employee for the entire 12-month period beginning on the "specified employee effective date."  The "specified employee identification date means December 31 of any calendar year and the "specified employee effective date" means April 1 of the calendar year following the year of the specified employee identification date.


2.34 Sub-Account.  Sub-Account means each bookkeeping Retirement Sub-Account and In-Service Sub-Account maintained by the Committee on behalf of each Participant pursuant to Article VI.  The sum of each Participant’s Sub-Accounts, in the aggregate, shall constitute his Deferral Account.


2.35 Unforseeable Emergency.  "Unforeseeable Emergency"  means a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant's spouse, the Participant's Beneficiary, or a dependent (as defined in section 152(a) of the Code without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant's property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, not as a result of a natural disaster), or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.   An unforeseeable emergency will not include the need to send a Participant’s child to college or the desire to purchase a home.


2.36 Valuation Date.  “Valuation Date” means a date on which the amount of a Participant’s Account is valued as provided in Article V.  The Valuation Date shall be the end of the Plan Year and any other date determined by the Committee.


ARTICLE III


ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION


3.1 Eligibility.  Eligibility to participate in the Plan is limited to Eligible Employees designated by the Committee.  From time to time and subject to Section 3.4, the Committee shall prepare a complete list of the Eligible Employees, by individual name or by reference to an identifiable group of persons or by descriptions of the components of compensation of an individual which would qualify individuals who are eligible to participate and all of whom shall be a select group of management or highly compensated employees.


3.2 Participation.  Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Employees who elect during the Election Period to participate in the Plan by filing a Participation Agreement with the Committee.  An Eligible Employee shall commence participation in the Plan upon the first day of his or her first payroll period following the effective date of his or her Participation Agreement.



6




3.3 Change in Participation Status.  During the Election Period for each Plan Year, a Participant shall file a Participation Agreement with respect to the Plan Year.  The Participation Agreement shall specify the percentage of deferral of the Participant's Regular Compensation for the Plan Year and the form of payment applicable with respect to the Subaccount attributable to the Plan Year.  During the applicable Election Period a separate Participation Agreement may be filed by a Participant with respect to Bonus Compensation.  A Participant who does not file a Participation Agreement for a Plan Year shall be deemed to have elected to make no contribution to the Plan for the Plan Year.  


3.4 Ineligible Participant.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, if the Committee determines that any Participant may not qualify as a “management or highly compensated employee” within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or regulations thereunder, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that such Participant shall cease to be eligible to participate in this Plan, effective as of the last day of the Plan Year in which such determination is made by the Committee. Thereafter, the Participant will not be permitted to file a new Participation Agreement for any subsequent Plan Year, unless the Committee again determines that such Participant is an Eligible Employee.


ARTICLE IV


DEFERRAL OF COMPENSATION


4.1 Amount of Deferral.  With respect to each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer a specified percentage of his or her Compensation up to the percentage of compensation defined and the terms described in Exhibit A attached hereto.


4.2 Deferral Election Changes.  With the consent of the Committee, a Participant may change his or her deferral election with respect to the 2005 Plan Year during the year (but not more than once per year) with respect to Regular Compensation or Bonus Compensation earned during 2005.  However, if a change is made, a Participant’s eligibility to defer will be suspended for the next calendar year.  For any subsequent Plan Year the deferral election made by a Partipant in a Participation Agreement shall, with respect to the Plan Year, be irrevocable.


4.3 Crediting Deferred Compensation.  The amount of Compensation that a Participant elects to defer under the Plan shall be credited by the Employer to the Participant’s Deferral Account periodically, the frequency of which will be determined by the Committee.  A Participant may specify, in his or her Participation Agreement, the portion of his or her deferral that is to be credited to a Retirement Sub-Account and/or to one or more In-Service Sub-Accounts for the Plan Year.  To the extent that a Participant does not specify the Sub-Account to which deferrals shall be credited, such deferrals shall be credited to the Participant’s Retirement Sub-Account fo r the Plan Year.  To the extent that the Employer is required to withhold any taxes or other amounts from a Participant’s



7



Deferred Compensation pursuant to any state, federal or local law, such amounts shall be withheld only from the Participant’s compensation before such amounts are credited.


ARTICLE V


BENEFIT ACCOUNTS


5.1 Valuation of Account.  As of each Valuation Date, a Participant’s Account shall consist of the balance of the Participant’s Account as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus the Participant’s Deferred Compensation credited pursuant to Section 4.3 since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus investment return credited as of such Valuation Date pursuant to Section 5.2, minus the aggregate amount of distributions, if any, made from such Account since the immediately preceding Valuation Date.


5.2 Crediting of Gains, Losses and Earnings to Accounts.  As of each Valuation Date, each Participant’s Deferral Account shall be credited with gains, losses and earnings based on investment directions made by the Participant in accordance with investment deferral crediting options and procedures established from time to time by the Committee.  The Committee specifically retains the right in its sole discretion to change the investment deferral crediting options and procedures from time to time.  By electing to defer any amount pursuant to the Plan, each Participant shall thereby acknowledge and agree that the Company or any Affiliate is not and shall not be required to make any investment in connection with the Plan, nor is it required to follow the Participant’s investment directions in any actual investment it may make or acquire in connection with the Plan or in determining the amount of any actual or co ntingent liability or obligation of the Company or an Affiliate thereunder or relating thereto.  Any amounts credited to a Participant’s Account with respect to which a Participant does not provide investment direction shall be credited with gains, losses and earnings as if such amounts were invested in an investment option to be selected by the Committee in its sole discretion.  Until a Participant or his or her Beneficiary receives his or her entire Account, the unpaid balance thereof shall be credited with gains, losses and earnings as provided in this Section 5.2.


5.3 Statement of Account.  The Committee shall provide to each Participant, within 30 days after the close of each calendar quarter, a statement setting forth the balance of such Participant’s Account as of the last day of the preceding calendar quarter and showing all adjustments made thereto during such calendar quarter.


5.4 Vesting of Account.  Except as provided in Sections 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3, a Participant shall be 100% vested in his or her Deferral Account at all times.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the portion of each Participant’s Account, if any, attributable to Employer Contributions shall be subject to such vesting schedule as may be determined by the Company from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.5.



8



5.5 Employer Contributions.  The Company or any Selected Affiliate may, in its discretion, provide contributions (“Employer Contributions”) under this Plan with respect to one or more Participants.  The amount and vesting schedule of such Employer Contributions, if any, shall be determined by the Company or Selected Affiliate in its sole discretion.


5.6 Investment Vehicles.  The Company may select investment vehicles owned as general assets by the Company or as assets of a trust described in Section 10.1 to establish the Investment Return Rate.  Except as provided in Article X, the Company is not required to make any actual investment in connection with the Plan.


Deferrals are allocated to one or more Sub-Accounts in the Participant’s name in accordance with the investment deferral crediting options and procedures established by the Committee from time to time.  The deemed investment vehicles are set forth in Exhibit B, which the Company may amend from time to time in its sole discretion.


A Participant may request the Company to make deemed investments of the credit balance of his Account in one or more of such investment vehicles so that the amounts deemed invested in such funds will be credited with earnings and losses based on the performance of those funds. A Participant may change the deemed investment of his Account or change the deemed investment of future credits to his Account and the deemed investment of his existing Account balance may differ from the deemed investment of future amounts credited to the Account. Such changes shall be made in accordance with procedures as the Committee may establish from time to time. Such procedures may regulate the frequency of such changes and the form of notice required to make such election or changes.  The Committee may also establish a deemed investment which shall apply if the Participant makes no election.


The effective date of any change shall be the date for which the appropriate direction to the Company or its designee has been properly received in accordance with the procedures established by the Committee.  The Committee shall have the right to refuse to honor any Participant direction related to investments or withdrawals, including transfers among investment options, where necessary or desirable to assure compliance with applicable law including U.S. and other securities laws.  However, neither the Company nor the Committee assumes any responsibility for compliance by officers or others with any such laws, and any failure by the Company or the Committee to delay or dishonor any such direction shall not be deemed to increase the Company’s legal obligations to the Participant or third parties.


ARTICLE VI


PAYMENT OF BENEFITS


6.1 Timing and Form of Payment.  For the purposes of determining the timing and form of distribution, a Participant’s Account may be allocated among the Retirement and In-Service Sub-Accounts maintained for the Participant.  A Participant may elect in a



9



Participation Agreement filed with respect to the Plan Year to receive or commence receiving the portion of his or her Sub-Account(s) attributable to contributions for the Plan Year in accordance with the following rules:


(a)

In-Service Distribution:  A Participant may elect to have amounts credited to one or more In-Service Sub-Account, the maximum number of which sub-accounts will be specified by the Committee.  A Participant may elect, on the Participation Agreement that he or she delivers to the Committee with respect to that Plan Year, to commence payment of that In-Service Sub-Account in January of a specified year which occurs while the Participant is still performing services for the Company and its Selected Affiliates and which is not less than two (2) years after the date of the initial election.  Amounts credited to an In-Service Sub-Account may be paid in a lump sum or in annual installments over a period of not more than five (5) years, adjusted for earnings or losses thereon after the payment commencement date pursuant to Section 5.2.  If no form of payment election is made, the In-Service Sub-Account will be distributed i n a lump sum in January of the specified year elected.


(b)

Retirement Distribution:  A Participant may elect to have amounts credited to a Retirement Sub-Account.  Amounts credited to a Participant’s Retirement Sub-Account will commence to be paid, as elected by the Participant on the Participation Agreement that he or she delivers to the Committee with respect to that Sub-Account.  Amounts credited to a Retirement Sub-Account may be paid in a lump sum or in annual installments over a period of not more than fifteen (15) years, adjusted for earnings or losses thereon after the payment commencement date pursuant to Section 5.2.  If no distribution election is made, the Retirement Sub-Account will be distributed in a lump sum.  Lump sum payouts will be paid as soon as administratively practicable following the retirement effective date.  Installment payouts will begin in January of the year following retirement.  To the extent that a Participant does not specify the Sub-Account to which deferrals for a Plan Year shall be credited, such deferrals shall be credited to the Participant’s Retirement Sub-Account.


Each installment payment shall equal the quotient determined by dividing the Participant’s remaining Account balance at the time of the payment by the number of remaining installments (including the current installment).


During the time within which payment are being made pursuant to 6.1(a) and 6.1(b), the Participant may continue to request deemed investments pursuant to Section 5.6, with respect to the balance of his or her Deferral Benefit.


6.2 Payout Election Changes.  


(a)

With the consent of the Committee, a Participant may change his Participation Agreement with respect to the time and form of distribution by submitting a new Participation Agreement to the Committee on or before December 31, 2007,



10



provided such election shall only apply to amounts that would not otherwise be payable in 2007 and may not cause an amount to be paid in 2007 that would not otherwise be payable in 2007.


(b)

Effective January 1, 2008, with the consent of the  Committee, a Participant may  elect to change his Participation Agreement with respect to  the time and form of distribution of one or more of the Participant's Subaccounts, provided the following requirements are met:


(i)

the election will not take effect until at least twelve months after the date on which the election is made,


(ii)

except in the case of a payment as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, or the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency, the first payment with respect to such election is deferred for not less than five years from the date on which such payment would otherwise have been made, and


(iii)

any election which is related to a payment at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule may not be made less than twelve months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment under that election.


Other than as specifically provided otherwise herein, the commencement or schedule of payment of a Participant's Account shall not be accelerated.


6.3 Payment of Deferral Benefit upon Death, Disability or Retirement.  Upon the death, Disability,  or Retirement of a Participant, the Employer shall pay to the Participant or his Beneficiary, as applicable, a Deferral Benefit equal to the balance of his or her Account determined pursuant to Article V, less any amounts previously distributed, as based on his written election pursuant to Section 6.1.


6.4 Payment of Deferral Benefit upon Termination.  Upon termination of service of the Participant as an employee of the Employer and all Selected Affiliates for reasons other than Death, Disability, or Retirement, the Employer shall pay to the Participant a Deferral Benefit in a lump sum equal to the balance of his or her Account determined pursuant to Article V, less any amounts previously distributed, as soon as administratively practical.


However, in the event of an involuntary termination as a result of a Change in Control of the Company, the Participant shall receive his or her Deferral Benefit, adjusted as described in the preceding paragraph, based on his/her written election pursuant to Section 6.1.  In the event no written election has been made prior to a Change in Control, then the Deferral Benefit will be paid in five annual installments, the first of which shall be made in January of the year following termination.  Remaining Deferral Benefit payments will be made in January of subsequent years.



11



6.5 Payments to Beneficiaries.  In the event of the Participant’s death prior to his or her receipt of all elected annual installments, his or her Beneficiary will receive the remaining annual installments at such times as such installments would have become distributable to the Participant.


6.6 Payments to Specified Employees.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, in the case of any Specified Employee, any distribution as the result of the Participant's separation from service with the Employer may not commence before the earlier of (i) the date which is six months after the date of the Participant's separation from service, or (ii) the date of the Participant's death.


6.7 Hardship Withdrawal.  In the event that the Committee, under written request of a Participant, determines, in its sole discretion, that the Participant has suffered an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Employer shall pay to the Participant, as soon as practicable following such determination, an amount equal to the least of the following amounts:  (i) the amount determined by the Committee as being reasonably necessary to meet the need created by the Unforseeable Emergency, plus amounts reasonably necessary to pay taxes as the result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such need is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant's assets (to the extent that the liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship, (ii) the aggregate balance of such Participant’s Deferral Account, or (iii) the amount of the dis tribution requested by the Participant.  The amount of the Deferral Benefit otherwise payable under the Plan to such Participant shall be adjusted to reflect the early payment of the Hardship Withdrawal.


6.8 Small Benefit.  In the event the Committee determines that the balance of a Participant’s Retirement Sub-Account is less than $10,000 at the time of commencement of payments, the Committee may in its discretion, choose to pay the benefit in the form of a lump sum payment, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or a Participant election to the contrary.  Such lump sum payment shall be equal to the balance of the Participant’s Account and shall be made on or before the later of (i) December 31 of the Plan Year in which the Participant's separation from service with the Employer, or (ii) 2-1/2 months after the Participant's separation from service with the Employer.


6.9 Payments Pursuant to Domestic Relations Orders.  The Committee may in its discretion pay benefits from a Participant's Account to an individual other than the Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code), and may accelerate the time for or schedule of payments pursuant to such an order.  Any such exercise of discretion by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.  The Committee may require any Participant whose Account is subject to a domestic relations order to reimburse the Plan or the Company for expenses incurred in connection with such order.




12



ARTICLE VII


BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION


7.1 Beneficiary Designation.  Each Participant shall have the sole right, at any time, to designate any person or persons as his Beneficiary to whom payment under the Plan shall be made in the event of his or her death prior to complete distribution to the Participant of his or her Account.  Any Beneficiary designation shall be made in a written instrument provided by the Committee.  All Beneficiary designations must be filed with the third-party administrator designated by the Committee and shall be effective only when received in writing by such third-party administrator.


7.2 Change of Beneficiary Designation.  Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the filing of a new Beneficiary designation, which will cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.  The designation of a Beneficiary may be made or changed at any time without the consent of any person.


7.3 No Designation.  If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the Participant’s estate.


7.4 Effect of Payment.  Payment to a Participant’s Beneficiary (or, upon the death of a primary Beneficiary, to the contingent Beneficiary or, if none, to the Participant’s estate) shall completely discharge the Employer’s obligations under the Plan.


ARTICLE VIII


ADMINISTRATION


8.1 Committee.  The Plan administrator of the Plan shall be the Company's Benefits Committee (the “Committee”), or any other individuals or entity appointed as administrator of the Plan by the Board.  The Committee shall have complete discretion to i) supervise the administration and operation of the Plan, ii) adopt written or unwritten rules, policies and procedures governing the administration of the Plan from time to time, iii) construe and interpret the provisions of the Plan, iv) determine the eligibility for and amount of benefits payable under the Plan, and v) give interpretive rulings with respect to the Plan.


8.2 Agents.  The Committee may appoint an individual, who may be an employee of the Company, to be the Committee’s agent with respect to the day-to-day administration of the Plan.  In addition, the Committee may, from time to time, employ other agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, and may from time to time consult with its counsel, who may be counsel to the Company.


8.3 Binding Effect of Decisions.  Any decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan shall be final and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.



13




8.4 Indemnification of Committee.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee and their duly appointed agents under Section 8.2 against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to the Plan, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct by any such member or agent of the Committee.


ARTICLE IX


AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN


9.1

Amendment.  The Board of Directors of the Company, on behalf of itself and of each Selected Affiliate, may at any time amend, suspend or reinstate any or all of the provisions of the Plan, except that no such amendment, suspension or reinstatement may adversely affect any Participant’s Account, as it existed as of the day before the effective date of such amendment, suspension or reinstatement, without such Participant’s prior written consent.


9.2 Termination.  The Board of Directors of the Company, on behalf of itself and of each Selected Affiliate, in its sole discretion, may terminate this Plan at any time and for any reason whatsoever.  Upon termination of the Plan, the Committee shall take those actions necessary to administer any Accounts existing prior to the effective date of such termination; provided, however, that a termination of the Plan shall not adversely affect the value of a Participant’s Account, as it existed as of the day before the effective date of such termination, or the timing or method of distribution of a Participant’s Account, without the Participant’s prior written consent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination of the Plan shall not give rise to accelerated or automatic vesting of any Participant’s Account.


ARTICLE X


MISCELLANEOUS


10.1 Funding.  Participants, their Beneficiaries, and their heirs, successors and assigns, shall have no secured interest or claim in any property or assets of the Employer.  The Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Employer to pay money in the future.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall create an irrevocable trust, to hold funds to be used in payment of the obligations of Employer under the Plan.  In the event of a Change in Control or prior thereto, the Employer shall fund such trust in an amount equal to not less than the total value of the Participants’ Accounts under the Plan as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Change in Control, provided that any funds contained therein shall remain liable for the claims of the respective Employer’s general creditors in the event that the



14



Company becomes insolvent.  No assets of any such trust shall be located or transferred outside of the United States.


10.2 Interest of Participant.


(a)

The obligation of the Company and the Affiliates under the Plan to make payment of amounts reflected in an Account merely constitutes the unsecured promise of the Company and the Affiliates to make payments from their general assets and no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any interest in, or a lien or prior claim upon, any property of the Company or any Affiliate.  Nothing in the Plan shall be construed as guaranteeing future employment to Eligible Employees.  It is the intention of the Company and the Affiliates that the Plan be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.


(b)

In the event that, in the discretion of the Committee, the Company and/or its Affiliates purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of any Participant (or any other property) to allow the Company and/or its Affiliates to recover the cost of providing the benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, neither the Participants nor their Beneficiaries or other distributees shall have nor acquire any rights whatsoever therein or in the proceeds therefrom.  The Company and/or its Affiliates shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such policy or policies and, as such, shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein.  A participant’s participation in the underwriting or other steps necessary to acquire such policy or policies may be required by the Company and shall not be a suggestion of any beneficial interest in such policy or policies to such Participant or any other person.


10.3 Nonassignability.  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.9, no right or interest under the Plan of a Participant or his or her Beneficiary (or any person claiming through or under any of them) shall be assignable or transferable in any manner or be subject to alienation, anticipation, sale, pledge, encumbrance or other legal process or in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of any such Participant or Beneficiary.  If any Participant or Beneficiary shall attempt to or shall transfer, assign, alienate, anticipate, sell, pledge or otherwise encumber his or her benefits hereunder or any part thereof, or if by reason of his or her bankruptcy or other event happening at any time such benefits would devolve upon anyone else or would not be enjoyed by him or her, then the Committee, in its discretion, may terminate his or her interest in any such benefit (including the Deferral Account) to the ext ent the Committee considers necessary or advisable to prevent or limit the effects of such occurrence.  Termination shall be effected by the delivery of a written “termination declaration” to the last known address of the Participant or Beneficiary whose interest is adversely affected (the “terminated participant”).


10.4 Legal Fees and Expenses.  It is the intent of the Company and each Selected Affiliate that no Eligible Employee or former Eligible Employee be required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his or her rights under this Plan by litigation



15



or other legal action because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to an Eligible Employee hereunder.  Accordingly, if after a Change in Control it should appear that the Employer has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Plan or in the event that the Employer or any other person takes any action to declare this Plan void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation designed to deny, or to recover from, the Eligible Employee the benefits intended to be provided to such Eligible Employee hereunder, the Employer irrevocably authorizes such Eligible Employee from time to time to retain counsel of his or her choice, at the expense of the Employer as hereafter provided, to represent such Eligible Employee in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation or other legal action, whether by or against the Employer or any di rector, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Employer in any jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding any existing or prior attorney-client relationship between the Employer and such counsel, the Employer irrevocably consents to such Eligible Employee’s entering into an attorney-client relationship with such counsel, and in that connection, the Employer and such Eligible Employee agree that a confidential relationship shall exist between such Eligible Employee and such counsel.  The Employer shall pay and be solely responsible for any and all reasonable attorneys’ and related fees and expenses incurred by such Eligible Employee as a result of the Employer’s failure to perform under this Plan or any provision thereof; or as a result of the Employer or any person contesting the validity or enforceability of this Plan or any provision thereof.


10.5 Captions.  The captions contained herein are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction hereof.


10.6 Governing Law.  Except to the extent preempted by federal law, the provisions of the Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the state of Ohio.  This Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent.


10.7 Successors.  The provisions of the Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company, its Selected Affiliates, and their respective successors and assigns.  The term successors as used herein shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company or a Selected Affiliate and successors of any such Company or other business entity.


10.8 Right to Continued Service.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to confer upon any Eligible Employee the right to continue to serve as an Eligible Employee of the Employer or in any other capacity.


10.9 Electronic or Other Media.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, including any provision that requires the use of a written instrument, the Committee may establish procedures for the use of electronic or other media in communications and transactions between the Plan or the Committee and Participants



16



and Beneficiaries.  Electronic or other media may include, but are not limited to, e-mail, the Internet, intranet systems and automated telephonic response systems.


ARTICLE XI


CLAIMS AND APPEAL PROCEDURES


11.1

Claims.  Any claim for benefits shall be made in writing to the Committee. The Committee will handle claims in accordance with the following provisions:


(a)

General Rule.  If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary claimant, in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section, of the Plan's adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 90 days after receipt of the claim by the Plan, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim.  If the Committee determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Participant or Beneficiary claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90-day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of such initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan expec ts to render the benefit determination.


(b)

Calculating Time Periods.  For purposes of this Section 11.1, the period of time within which a benefit determination is required to be made shall begin at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan's claim procedures, without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a benefit determination accompanies the filing.


(c)

Manner and Content of Notification of Benefit Determination.  The Committee shall provide a Participant or Beneficiary claimant with written notification of any adverse benefit determination.  The notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant or Beneficiary claimant--


(1)

The specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination;


(2)

Reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the determination is based;


(3)

A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Participant or Beneficiary claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;


(4)

A description of the Plan's review procedures as described in Section 11.2 and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a



17



statement of the Participant or Beneficiary claimant's right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on review.


11.2

Appeal of Adverse Benefit Determinations.  Within 60 days after the receipt from the Committee of any written denial of a claim for benefits, a Participant or Beneficiary whose claim is denied may request, by written application to the Committee, a review by the Committee of the decision denying the payment of benefits.


(a)

Submission of Additional Information.  In connection with an appeal of an adverse benefit determination under this Section 11.2, a Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim for benefits.  Review of an appeal under this Section 11.2 shall take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.


(b)

Review of Relevant Information.  The Participant or Beneficiary shall also be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Participant or Beneficiary's claim for benefits.  For purposes of this Section, the determination of whether a document, record, or other information shall be considered "relevant" shall be made in accordance with the definition in Section 11.4(c).


11.3

Notification of Benefit Determination on Review.


(a)

Manner and Content of Notification of Benefit Determination on Review.  The Committee shall provide a Participant or Beneficiary claimant with written notification of the Plan's benefit determination on review.  In the case of an adverse benefit determination, the notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant or Beneficiary claimant:


(1)

The specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination;


(2)

Reference to the specific plan provisions on which the determination is based;


(3)

A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant's claim for benefits.  For purposes of this Section, determination of whether documents, records, and other information shall be considered "relevant" shall be made in accordance with the definition provided in Section 11.4(c);



18



(4)

A statement of the Participant or Beneficiary claimant's right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.


(b)

Timing of Notification of Benefit Determination on Review.


(1)

General Rule.  Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this Section, the Committee shall notify a Participant or Beneficiary claimant in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section of the Plan's benefit determination on review within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 60 days after receipt of the claimant's request for review by the Plan, unless the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim.  If the Committee determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render the determination on review.


(2)

Special Rule.  In the event that the Committee holds regularly scheduled meetings at least quarterly, paragraph (1) of this Section shall not apply, and the Committee shall instead make a benefit determination no later than the date of the meeting of the Committee that immediately follows the Plan's receipt of a request for review, unless the request for review is filed within 30 days preceding the date of such meeting.  In such case, a benefit determination may be made by no later than the date of the second meeting following the Plan's receipt of the request for review.  If special circumstances require further extension of time for processing, a benefit determination shall be rendered not later than the third meeting of the Committee following the Plan's receipt of the request for review.  If such an extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances, the Co mmittee shall provide the claimant with written notice of the extension, describing the special circumstances and the date as of which the benefit determination will be made, prior to the commencement of the extension.  The Committee shall notify the claimant, in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section, of the benefit determination as soon as possible, but no later than 5 days after the benefit determination is made.


(3)

Calculating Time Periods.  For purposes of this Section 11.3, the period of time within which a benefit determination on review is required to be made shall begin at the time an appeal is filed in accordance with the reasonable procedures of a Plan, without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a benefit determination on review accompanies the filing.  In the event that a period of time is extended as permitted pursuant to paragraph (1) or (2) of this Section due to a



19



claimant's failure to submit information necessary to decide a claim, the period for making the benefit determination on review shall be tolled from the date on which the notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information.


11.4

Definitions.  For purposes of this Article XII, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:


(a)

Adverse benefit determination.  "Adverse benefit determination" means any of the following: a denial, reduction, or termination of, or a failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) for, a benefit, including any such denial, reduction, termination, or failure to provide or make payment that is based on a determination of a Participant's or Beneficiary's eligibility to participate in the Plan.


(b)

Notice or notification.  "Notice" or "Notification" means the delivery or furnishing of information to an individual in a manner that satisfies the standards of 29 CFR 2520.104b-1(b) as appropriate with respect to material required to be furnished or made available to an individual.


(c)

Relevant.  A document, record or other information shall be considered "relevant" to the Participant or Beneficiary's claim if such document, record or other information:  


(1)

was relied upon in making the benefit determination;


(2)

was submitted, considered, or generated in the course of making the benefit determination, without regard to whether such document, record, or other information was relied upon in making the benefit determination; and demonstrates compliance with the administrative processes and safeguards designed to ensure and to verify that benefit claim determinations are made in accordance with the Plan and that, where appropriate, the Plan provisions have been applied consistently with respect to similarly situated Participants or Beneficiaries.


Executed this 2ND  day of November, 2007 at Dayton, Ohio.


THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY


By:/s/ Kathryn L. Lamme


Title: Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary






20



EXHIBIT A


Re:  Section 4.1 – Amount of Deferral


Dated:  _________________________, ________.




As of the date above, and effective until this Exhibit is modified by the Committee, the table below indicates the types of compensation which are eligible for income deferral at the assigned percentages as noted:




Type of Compensation

Maximum Percentage

that can be deferred

Other Limitations

Base Salary and Commission

75%

 

Bonus

100%

 




21



EXHIBIT B


Re:  Section 2.18 – Investment Return Rate


Date:  _________________________, ________.




The following indicates the investment account equivalents available as of the date indicated that are used in determining the Investment Return Rate.


Account Name

Effective Date

TO BE SUPPLIED BY TODD

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  




22


EX-21 6 exhibit21.htm EXHIBIT 21 .



EXHIBIT 21


THE STANDARD REGISTER COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES

AS OF DECEMBER 30, 2007





Name of Subsidiary


Jurisdiction of Incorporation

  

The Standard Register Company

Ohio

  

Standard Register Technologies, Inc.

Ohio

  

Standard Register Holding Company

Ohio

  

Standard Register International, Inc.

Ohio

  

Standard Register Technologies Canada ULC

Nova Scotia

  

Standard Register Mexico Holding Company

Ohio

  

Standard Register de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Mexico

  

Standard Register Holding, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Mexico

  

Standard Register Servicios, S. de R.L. de C.V.

Mexico






EX-23 7 exhibit23.htm EXHIBIT 23 .



EXHIBIT 23














CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM




As independent auditors, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our reports included in and incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, into the Company's previously filed Registration Statements File No.'s 333-02683, 333-05231, 333-15851, 333-43055, 333-51189, 333-51181, 333-57779, 333-84483 and 333-86492.






 


/S/BATTELLE & BATTELLE LLP



Dayton, Ohio

March 10, 2008








EX-31 8 exhibit311.htm EXHIBIT 31.1 .

Exhibit 31.1


CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Dennis L. Rediker, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Standard Register Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The Registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and,

d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and,

5.

The Registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and,

b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Date:  March 10, 2008

/s/  DENNIS L. REDIKER

Dennis L. Rediker

President and Chief Executive Officer



EX-31 9 exhibit312.htm EXHIBIT 31.2 .

Exhibit 31.2


CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Craig J. Brown, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Standard Register Company;

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.

The Registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and,

d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and,

5.

The Registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the Registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and,

b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Date:  March 10, 2008

/s/ CRAIG J. BROWN

Craig J. Brown

Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer



EX-32 10 exhibit32.htm EXHIBIT 32 .

Exhibit 32


CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


In connection with the Annual Report of The Standard Company (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 30, 2007, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Dennis L. Rediker, President and Chief Executive Officer, and I, Craig J. Brown, Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of our knowledge:

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and,

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


Date:  March 10, 2008

/s/ DENNIS L. REDIKER

Dennis L. Rediker

President and Chief Executive Officer



/s/ CRAIG J. BROWN

Craig J. Brown

Senior Vice President, Treasurer and

Chief Financial Officer




-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----